diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
152 files changed, 6609 insertions, 927 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..85d3dac2e204 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_alt_hnp_support +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at an alternate port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_hnp_support +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/b_hnp_enable +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host enabled HNP support. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/current_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates the current negotiated speed at this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_a_peripheral +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates that this port is the default Host on an OTG session + but HNP was used to switch roles. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_otg +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates that this port support OTG. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/soft_connect +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Allows users to disconnect data pullup resistors thus causing a + logical disconnection from the USB Host. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/srp +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Allows users to manually start Session Request Protocol. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/state +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates current state of the USB Device Controller. Valid + states are: 'not-attached', 'attached', 'powered', + 'reconnecting', 'unauthenticated', 'default', 'addressed', + 'configured', and 'suspended'; however not all USB Device + Controllers support reporting all states. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f12e00e6baa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + protocol - HID protocol to use + report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors + except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N> + report_length - HID report length + subclass - HID device subclass to use diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b341df7249c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter + id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter + buflen - MIDI buffer length + qlen - USB read request queue length + in_ports - number of MIDI input ports + out_ports - number of MIDI output ports diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4b8d6ec92e2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/enable_sink +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple + source for a single sink. + ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/status +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written + into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the + value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b4d0b99afffb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_source +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/status +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies + characteristics about the address comparator being configure, + for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace, + processor contect ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in + the access type register may vary on the version of the trace + entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_range +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of + addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specificed + in the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration + options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_start +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be + selected. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger + on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/etmsr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds + programming information and status on certains events. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full. + Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for + data suppression. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mode +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling + various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping, + context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific + and bound to change depending on the driver. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible + on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit, + as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a + trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be + programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp + into the trace stream. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d75acda5e1b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/funnel_ctrl +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the + slave ports. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/priority +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f38cded5fa22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. Additional interface for this + driver are expected to be added as it matures. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index d760b0224ef7..117521dbf2b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -200,6 +200,13 @@ Description: Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after application of scale and offset are kilopascal. +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw KernelVersion: 3.14 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -231,6 +238,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -251,6 +259,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale @@ -266,6 +275,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_sca What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -328,6 +338,10 @@ Description: are listed in this attribute. What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1028,3 +1042,12 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with or without compensation from tilt sensors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw current measurement from channel X. Units are in milliamps + after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is + present, output should be considered as processed with the + unit in milliamps. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index acb9bfc89b48..99983e67c13c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -224,3 +224,50 @@ Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver frequency range. More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/<set_of_attributes_mentioned_below> +Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008) +Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com> + Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes + + allocation_policy: + - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a write + - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a read + - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate + + attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy + + coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets + transferred from memory to cache + + level: the cache hierarcy in the multi-level cache configuration + + number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a + collection of cache lines with the same cache index + + physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag + + shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache + + shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing + the cache + + size: the total cache size in kB + + type: + - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions + - Data: cache that only caches data + - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions + + ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block + of memory in the cache + + write_policy: + - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line + and to the block in the lower-level memory + - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and + the modified cache line is written to main + memory only when it is replaced diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle index 3171822c22a5..618a33c940df 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingStyle +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -392,7 +392,12 @@ The goto statement comes in handy when a function exits from multiple locations and some common work such as cleanup has to be done. If there is no cleanup needed then just return directly. -The rationale is: +Choose label names which say what the goto does or why the goto exists. An +example of a good name could be "out_buffer:" if the goto frees "buffer". Avoid +using GW-BASIC names like "err1:" and "err2:". Also don't name them after the +goto location like "err_kmalloc_failed:" + +The rationale for using gotos is: - unconditional statements are easier to understand and follow - nesting is reduced @@ -403,9 +408,10 @@ The rationale is: int fun(int a) { int result = 0; - char *buffer = kmalloc(SIZE); + char *buffer; - if (buffer == NULL) + buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!buffer) return -ENOMEM; if (condition1) { @@ -413,14 +419,25 @@ int fun(int a) ... } result = 1; - goto out; + goto out_buffer; } ... -out: +out_buffer: kfree(buffer); return result; } +A common type of bug to be aware of it "one err bugs" which look like this: + +err: + kfree(foo->bar); + kfree(foo); + return ret; + +The bug in this code is that on some exit paths "foo" is NULL. Normally the +fix for this is to split it up into two error labels "err_bar:" and "err_foo:". + + Chapter 8: Commenting Comments are good, but there is also a danger of over-commenting. NEVER @@ -845,6 +862,49 @@ next instruction in the assembly output: : /* outputs */ : /* inputs */ : /* clobbers */); + Chapter 20: Conditional Compilation + +Wherever possible, don't use preprocessor conditionals (#if, #ifdef) in .c +files; doing so makes code harder to read and logic harder to follow. Instead, +use such conditionals in a header file defining functions for use in those .c +files, providing no-op stub versions in the #else case, and then call those +functions unconditionally from .c files. The compiler will avoid generating +any code for the stub calls, producing identical results, but the logic will +remain easy to follow. + +Prefer to compile out entire functions, rather than portions of functions or +portions of expressions. Rather than putting an ifdef in an expression, factor +out part or all of the expression into a separate helper function and apply the +conditional to that function. + +If you have a function or variable which may potentially go unused in a +particular configuration, and the compiler would warn about its definition +going unused, mark the definition as __maybe_unused rather than wrapping it in +a preprocessor conditional. (However, if a function or variable *always* goes +unused, delete it.) + +Within code, where possible, use the IS_ENABLED macro to convert a Kconfig +symbol into a C boolean expression, and use it in a normal C conditional: + + if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SOMETHING)) { + ... + } + +The compiler will constant-fold the conditional away, and include or exclude +the block of code just as with an #ifdef, so this will not add any runtime +overhead. However, this approach still allows the C compiler to see the code +inside the block, and check it for correctness (syntax, types, symbol +references, etc). Thus, you still have to use an #ifdef if the code inside the +block references symbols that will not exist if the condition is not met. + +At the end of any non-trivial #if or #ifdef block (more than a few lines), +place a comment after the #endif on the same line, noting the conditional +expression used. For instance: + +#ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING +... +#endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */ + Appendix I: References diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index bec06659e0eb..9c7d92d03f62 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml device-drivers.xml \ 80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \ alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \ tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml w1.xml \ - writing_musb_glue_layer.xml + writing_musb_glue_layer.xml crypto-API.xml include Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c763d30f4893 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,1253 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []> + +<book id="KernelCryptoAPI"> + <bookinfo> + <title>Linux Kernel Crypto API</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Stephan</firstname> + <surname>Mueller</surname> + <affiliation> + <address> + <email>smueller@chronox.de</email> + </address> + </affiliation> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Marek</firstname> + <surname>Vasut</surname> + <affiliation> + <address> + <email>marek@denx.de</email> + </address> + </affiliation> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <copyright> + <year>2014</year> + <holder>Stephan Mueller</holder> + </copyright> + + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + </para> + + <para> + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + </para> + + <para> + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + </para> + </legalnotice> + </bookinfo> + + <toc></toc> + + <chapter id="Intro"> + <title>Kernel Crypto API Interface Specification</title> + + <sect1><title>Introduction</title> + + <para> + The kernel crypto API offers a rich set of cryptographic ciphers as + well as other data transformation mechanisms and methods to invoke + these. This document contains a description of the API and provides + example code. + </para> + + <para> + To understand and properly use the kernel crypto API a brief + explanation of its structure is given. Based on the architecture, + the API can be separated into different components. Following the + architecture specification, hints to developers of ciphers are + provided. Pointers to the API function call documentation are + given at the end. + </para> + + <para> + The kernel crypto API refers to all algorithms as "transformations". + Therefore, a cipher handle variable usually has the name "tfm". + Besides cryptographic operations, the kernel crypto API also knows + compression transformations and handles them the same way as ciphers. + </para> + + <para> + The kernel crypto API serves the following entity types: + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>consumers requesting cryptographic services</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>data transformation implementations (typically ciphers) + that can be called by consumers using the kernel crypto + API</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + This specification is intended for consumers of the kernel crypto + API as well as for developers implementing ciphers. This API + specification, however, does not discusses all API calls available + to data transformation implementations (i.e. implementations of + ciphers and other transformations (such as CRC or even compression + algorithms) that can register with the kernel crypto API). + </para> + + <para> + Note: The terms "transformation" and cipher algorithm are used + interchangably. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Terminology</title> + <para> + The transformation implementation is an actual code or interface + to hardware which implements a certain transformation with precisely + defined behavior. + </para> + + <para> + The transformation object (TFM) is an instance of a transformation + implementation. There can be multiple transformation objects + associated with a single transformation implementation. Each of + those transformation objects is held by a crypto API consumer or + another transformation. Transformation object is allocated when a + crypto API consumer requests a transformation implementation. + The consumer is then provided with a structure, which contains + a transformation object (TFM). + </para> + + <para> + The structure that contains transformation objects may also be + referred to as a "cipher handle". Such a cipher handle is always + subject to the following phases that are reflected in the API calls + applicable to such a cipher handle: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Initialization of a cipher handle.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Execution of all intended cipher operations applicable + for the handle where the cipher handle must be furnished to + every API call.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Destruction of a cipher handle.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para> + When using the initialization API calls, a cipher handle is + created and returned to the consumer. Therefore, please refer + to all initialization API calls that refer to the data + structure type a consumer is expected to receive and subsequently + to use. The initialization API calls have all the same naming + conventions of crypto_alloc_*. + </para> + + <para> + The transformation context is private data associated with + the transformation object. + </para> + </sect1> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="Architecture"><title>Kernel Crypto API Architecture</title> + <sect1><title>Cipher algorithm types</title> + <para> + The kernel crypto API provides different API calls for the + following cipher types: + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>Symmetric ciphers</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>AEAD ciphers</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Message digest, including keyed message digest</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Random number generation</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>User space interface</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Ciphers And Templates</title> + <para> + The kernel crypto API provides implementations of single block + ciphers and message digests. In addition, the kernel crypto API + provides numerous "templates" that can be used in conjunction + with the single block ciphers and message digests. Templates + include all types of block chaining mode, the HMAC mechanism, etc. + </para> + + <para> + Single block ciphers and message digests can either be directly + used by a caller or invoked together with a template to form + multi-block ciphers or keyed message digests. + </para> + + <para> + A single block cipher may even be called with multiple templates. + However, templates cannot be used without a single cipher. + </para> + + <para> + See /proc/crypto and search for "name". For example: + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>aes</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ecb(aes)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>cmac(aes)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ccm(aes)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>rfc4106(gcm(aes))</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>sha1</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>hmac(sha1)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>authenc(hmac(sha1),cbc(aes))</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + In these examples, "aes" and "sha1" are the ciphers and all + others are the templates. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Synchronous And Asynchronous Operation</title> + <para> + The kernel crypto API provides synchronous and asynchronous + API operations. + </para> + + <para> + When using the synchronous API operation, the caller invokes + a cipher operation which is performed synchronously by the + kernel crypto API. That means, the caller waits until the + cipher operation completes. Therefore, the kernel crypto API + calls work like regular function calls. For synchronous + operation, the set of API calls is small and conceptually + similar to any other crypto library. + </para> + + <para> + Asynchronous operation is provided by the kernel crypto API + which implies that the invocation of a cipher operation will + complete almost instantly. That invocation triggers the + cipher operation but it does not signal its completion. Before + invoking a cipher operation, the caller must provide a callback + function the kernel crypto API can invoke to signal the + completion of the cipher operation. Furthermore, the caller + must ensure it can handle such asynchronous events by applying + appropriate locking around its data. The kernel crypto API + does not perform any special serialization operation to protect + the caller's data integrity. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Crypto API Cipher References And Priority</title> + <para> + A cipher is referenced by the caller with a string. That string + has the following semantics: + + <programlisting> + template(single block cipher) + </programlisting> + + where "template" and "single block cipher" is the aforementioned + template and single block cipher, respectively. If applicable, + additional templates may enclose other templates, such as + + <programlisting> + template1(template2(single block cipher))) + </programlisting> + </para> + + <para> + The kernel crypto API may provide multiple implementations of a + template or a single block cipher. For example, AES on newer + Intel hardware has the following implementations: AES-NI, + assembler implementation, or straight C. Now, when using the + string "aes" with the kernel crypto API, which cipher + implementation is used? The answer to that question is the + priority number assigned to each cipher implementation by the + kernel crypto API. When a caller uses the string to refer to a + cipher during initialization of a cipher handle, the kernel + crypto API looks up all implementations providing an + implementation with that name and selects the implementation + with the highest priority. + </para> + + <para> + Now, a caller may have the need to refer to a specific cipher + implementation and thus does not want to rely on the + priority-based selection. To accommodate this scenario, the + kernel crypto API allows the cipher implementation to register + a unique name in addition to common names. When using that + unique name, a caller is therefore always sure to refer to + the intended cipher implementation. + </para> + + <para> + The list of available ciphers is given in /proc/crypto. However, + that list does not specify all possible permutations of + templates and ciphers. Each block listed in /proc/crypto may + contain the following information -- if one of the components + listed as follows are not applicable to a cipher, it is not + displayed: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>name: the generic name of the cipher that is subject + to the priority-based selection -- this name can be used by + the cipher allocation API calls (all names listed above are + examples for such generic names)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>driver: the unique name of the cipher -- this name can + be used by the cipher allocation API calls</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>module: the kernel module providing the cipher + implementation (or "kernel" for statically linked ciphers)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>priority: the priority value of the cipher implementation</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>refcnt: the reference count of the respective cipher + (i.e. the number of current consumers of this cipher)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>selftest: specification whether the self test for the + cipher passed</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>type: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>blkcipher for synchronous block ciphers</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ablkcipher for asynchronous block ciphers</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>cipher for single block ciphers that may be used with + an additional template</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>shash for synchronous message digest</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ahash for asynchronous message digest</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>aead for AEAD cipher type</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>compression for compression type transformations</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>rng for random number generator</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>givcipher for cipher with associated IV generator + (see the geniv entry below for the specification of the + IV generator type used by the cipher implementation)</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>blocksize: blocksize of cipher in bytes</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>keysize: key size in bytes</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ivsize: IV size in bytes</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>seedsize: required size of seed data for random number + generator</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>digestsize: output size of the message digest</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>geniv: IV generation type: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>eseqiv for encrypted sequence number based IV + generation</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>seqiv for sequence number based IV generation</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>chainiv for chain iv generation</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><builtin> is a marker that the cipher implements + IV generation and handling as it is specific to the given + cipher</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Key Sizes</title> + <para> + When allocating a cipher handle, the caller only specifies the + cipher type. Symmetric ciphers, however, typically support + multiple key sizes (e.g. AES-128 vs. AES-192 vs. AES-256). + These key sizes are determined with the length of the provided + key. Thus, the kernel crypto API does not provide a separate + way to select the particular symmetric cipher key size. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Cipher Allocation Type And Masks</title> + <para> + The different cipher handle allocation functions allow the + specification of a type and mask flag. Both parameters have + the following meaning (and are therefore not covered in the + subsequent sections). + </para> + + <para> + The type flag specifies the type of the cipher algorithm. + The caller usually provides a 0 when the caller wants the + default handling. Otherwise, the caller may provide the + following selections which match the the aforementioned + cipher types: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER Single block cipher</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS Compression</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AEAD Authenticated Encryption with + Associated Data (MAC)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_BLKCIPHER Synchronous multi-block cipher</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_ABLKCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block cipher</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_GIVCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block + cipher packed together with an IV generator (see geniv field + in the /proc/crypto listing for the known IV generators)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST Raw message digest</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_HASH Alias for CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_SHASH Synchronous multi-block hash</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AHASH Asynchronous multi-block hash</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_RNG Random Number Generation</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS Enhanced version of + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS allowing for segmented compression / + decompression instead of performing the operation on one + segment only. CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS is intended to replace + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS once existing consumers are converted.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The mask flag restricts the type of cipher. The only allowed + flag is CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC to restrict the cipher lookup function + to asynchronous ciphers. Usually, a caller provides a 0 for the + mask flag. + </para> + + <para> + When the caller provides a mask and type specification, the + caller limits the search the kernel crypto API can perform for + a suitable cipher implementation for the given cipher name. + That means, even when a caller uses a cipher name that exists + during its initialization call, the kernel crypto API may not + select it due to the used type and mask field. + </para> + </sect1> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="Development"><title>Developing Cipher Algorithms</title> + <sect1><title>Registering And Unregistering Transformation</title> + <para> + There are three distinct types of registration functions in + the Crypto API. One is used to register a generic cryptographic + transformation, while the other two are specific to HASH + transformations and COMPRESSion. We will discuss the latter + two in a separate chapter, here we will only look at the + generic ones. + </para> + + <para> + Before discussing the register functions, the data structure + to be filled with each, struct crypto_alg, must be considered + -- see below for a description of this data structure. + </para> + + <para> + The generic registration functions can be found in + include/linux/crypto.h and their definition can be seen below. + The former function registers a single transformation, while + the latter works on an array of transformation descriptions. + The latter is useful when registering transformations in bulk. + </para> + + <programlisting> + int crypto_register_alg(struct crypto_alg *alg); + int crypto_register_algs(struct crypto_alg *algs, int count); + </programlisting> + + <para> + The counterparts to those functions are listed below. + </para> + + <programlisting> + int crypto_unregister_alg(struct crypto_alg *alg); + int crypto_unregister_algs(struct crypto_alg *algs, int count); + </programlisting> + + <para> + Notice that both registration and unregistration functions + do return a value, so make sure to handle errors. A return + code of zero implies success. Any return code < 0 implies + an error. + </para> + + <para> + The bulk registration / unregistration functions require + that struct crypto_alg is an array of count size. These + functions simply loop over that array and register / + unregister each individual algorithm. If an error occurs, + the loop is terminated at the offending algorithm definition. + That means, the algorithms prior to the offending algorithm + are successfully registered. Note, the caller has no way of + knowing which cipher implementations have successfully + registered. If this is important to know, the caller should + loop through the different implementations using the single + instance *_alg functions for each individual implementation. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Single-Block Symmetric Ciphers [CIPHER]</title> + <para> + Example of transformations: aes, arc4, ... + </para> + + <para> + This section describes the simplest of all transformation + implementations, that being the CIPHER type used for symmetric + ciphers. The CIPHER type is used for transformations which + operate on exactly one block at a time and there are no + dependencies between blocks at all. + </para> + + <sect2><title>Registration specifics</title> + <para> + The registration of [CIPHER] algorithm is specific in that + struct crypto_alg field .cra_type is empty. The .cra_u.cipher + has to be filled in with proper callbacks to implement this + transformation. + </para> + + <para> + See struct cipher_alg below. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2><title>Cipher Definition With struct cipher_alg</title> + <para> + Struct cipher_alg defines a single block cipher. + </para> + + <para> + Here are schematics of how these functions are called when + operated from other part of the kernel. Note that the + .cia_setkey() call might happen before or after any of these + schematics happen, but must not happen during any of these + are in-flight. + </para> + + <para> + <programlisting> + KEY ---. PLAINTEXT ---. + v v + .cia_setkey() -> .cia_encrypt() + | + '-----> CIPHERTEXT + </programlisting> + </para> + + <para> + Please note that a pattern where .cia_setkey() is called + multiple times is also valid: + </para> + + <para> + <programlisting> + + KEY1 --. PLAINTEXT1 --. KEY2 --. PLAINTEXT2 --. + v v v v + .cia_setkey() -> .cia_encrypt() -> .cia_setkey() -> .cia_encrypt() + | | + '---> CIPHERTEXT1 '---> CIPHERTEXT2 + </programlisting> + </para> + + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Multi-Block Ciphers [BLKCIPHER] [ABLKCIPHER]</title> + <para> + Example of transformations: cbc(aes), ecb(arc4), ... + </para> + + <para> + This section describes the multi-block cipher transformation + implementations for both synchronous [BLKCIPHER] and + asynchronous [ABLKCIPHER] case. The multi-block ciphers are + used for transformations which operate on scatterlists of + data supplied to the transformation functions. They output + the result into a scatterlist of data as well. + </para> + + <sect2><title>Registration Specifics</title> + + <para> + The registration of [BLKCIPHER] or [ABLKCIPHER] algorithms + is one of the most standard procedures throughout the crypto API. + </para> + + <para> + Note, if a cipher implementation requires a proper alignment + of data, the caller should use the functions of + crypto_blkcipher_alignmask() or crypto_ablkcipher_alignmask() + respectively to identify a memory alignment mask. The kernel + crypto API is able to process requests that are unaligned. + This implies, however, additional overhead as the kernel + crypto API needs to perform the realignment of the data which + may imply moving of data. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2><title>Cipher Definition With struct blkcipher_alg and ablkcipher_alg</title> + <para> + Struct blkcipher_alg defines a synchronous block cipher whereas + struct ablkcipher_alg defines an asynchronous block cipher. + </para> + + <para> + Please refer to the single block cipher description for schematics + of the block cipher usage. The usage patterns are exactly the same + for [ABLKCIPHER] and [BLKCIPHER] as they are for plain [CIPHER]. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2><title>Specifics Of Asynchronous Multi-Block Cipher</title> + <para> + There are a couple of specifics to the [ABLKCIPHER] interface. + </para> + + <para> + First of all, some of the drivers will want to use the + Generic ScatterWalk in case the hardware needs to be fed + separate chunks of the scatterlist which contains the + plaintext and will contain the ciphertext. Please refer + to the ScatterWalk interface offered by the Linux kernel + scatter / gather list implementation. + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Hashing [HASH]</title> + + <para> + Example of transformations: crc32, md5, sha1, sha256,... + </para> + + <sect2><title>Registering And Unregistering The Transformation</title> + + <para> + There are multiple ways to register a HASH transformation, + depending on whether the transformation is synchronous [SHASH] + or asynchronous [AHASH] and the amount of HASH transformations + we are registering. You can find the prototypes defined in + include/crypto/internal/hash.h: + </para> + + <programlisting> + int crypto_register_ahash(struct ahash_alg *alg); + + int crypto_register_shash(struct shash_alg *alg); + int crypto_register_shashes(struct shash_alg *algs, int count); + </programlisting> + + <para> + The respective counterparts for unregistering the HASH + transformation are as follows: + </para> + + <programlisting> + int crypto_unregister_ahash(struct ahash_alg *alg); + + int crypto_unregister_shash(struct shash_alg *alg); + int crypto_unregister_shashes(struct shash_alg *algs, int count); + </programlisting> + </sect2> + + <sect2><title>Cipher Definition With struct shash_alg and ahash_alg</title> + <para> + Here are schematics of how these functions are called when + operated from other part of the kernel. Note that the .setkey() + call might happen before or after any of these schematics happen, + but must not happen during any of these are in-flight. Please note + that calling .init() followed immediately by .finish() is also a + perfectly valid transformation. + </para> + + <programlisting> + I) DATA -----------. + v + .init() -> .update() -> .final() ! .update() might not be called + ^ | | at all in this scenario. + '----' '---> HASH + + II) DATA -----------.-----------. + v v + .init() -> .update() -> .finup() ! .update() may not be called + ^ | | at all in this scenario. + '----' '---> HASH + + III) DATA -----------. + v + .digest() ! The entire process is handled + | by the .digest() call. + '---------------> HASH + </programlisting> + + <para> + Here is a schematic of how the .export()/.import() functions are + called when used from another part of the kernel. + </para> + + <programlisting> + KEY--. DATA--. + v v ! .update() may not be called + .setkey() -> .init() -> .update() -> .export() at all in this scenario. + ^ | | + '-----' '--> PARTIAL_HASH + + ----------- other transformations happen here ----------- + + PARTIAL_HASH--. DATA1--. + v v + .import -> .update() -> .final() ! .update() may not be called + ^ | | at all in this scenario. + '----' '--> HASH1 + + PARTIAL_HASH--. DATA2-. + v v + .import -> .finup() + | + '---------------> HASH2 + </programlisting> + </sect2> + + <sect2><title>Specifics Of Asynchronous HASH Transformation</title> + <para> + Some of the drivers will want to use the Generic ScatterWalk + in case the implementation needs to be fed separate chunks of the + scatterlist which contains the input data. The buffer containing + the resulting hash will always be properly aligned to + .cra_alignmask so there is no need to worry about this. + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="API"><title>Programming Interface</title> + <sect1><title>Block Cipher Context Data Structures</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Context Data Structures +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h blkcipher_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h cipher_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h rng_alg + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Block Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_ablkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_ablkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_ablkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_ivsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqtfm +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_alloc +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_free +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_callback +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_crypt + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_aead +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_aead +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_ivsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_authsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setauthsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_encrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_decrypt + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_reqsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_alloc +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_free +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_callback +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_crypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_assoc + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Block Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_blkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_blkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_blkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_name +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_ivsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_encrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_encrypt_iv +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_decrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_decrypt_iv +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_set_iv +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_get_iv + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Single Block Cipher API</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Single Block Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_cipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_cipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_cipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_encrypt_one +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_decrypt_one + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Synchronous Message Digest API</title> +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Message Digest API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_hash +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_hash +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_hash +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digestsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_init +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_update +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_final +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digest +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_setkey + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Message Digest Algorithm Definitions</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Message Digest Algorithm Definitions +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h hash_alg_common +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_alg +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h shash_alg + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asynchronous Message Digest API</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Asynchronous Message Digest API +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_alloc_ahash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_free_ahash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_init +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_digestsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_reqtfm +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_reqsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_setkey +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_finup +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_final +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_digest +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_export +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_import + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asynchronous Hash Request Handle</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Asynchronous Hash Request Handle +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_alloc +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_free +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_callback +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_crypt + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Synchronous Message Digest API</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Synchronous Message Digest API +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_alloc_shash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_free_shash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_blocksize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_digestsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_descsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_setkey +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_digest +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_export +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_import +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_init +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_update +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_final +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_finup + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Crypto API Random Number API</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/rng.h Random number generator API +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_alloc_rng +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_alg +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_free_rng +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_get_bytes +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_reset +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_seedsize +!Cinclude/crypto/rng.h + </sect1> + </chapter> + + <chapter id="Code"><title>Code Examples</title> + <sect1><title>Code Example For Asynchronous Block Cipher Operation</title> + <programlisting> + +struct tcrypt_result { + struct completion completion; + int err; +}; + +/* tie all data structures together */ +struct ablkcipher_def { + struct scatterlist sg; + struct crypto_ablkcipher *tfm; + struct ablkcipher_request *req; + struct tcrypt_result result; +}; + +/* Callback function */ +static void test_ablkcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error) +{ + struct tcrypt_result *result = req->data; + + if (error == -EINPROGRESS) + return; + result->err = error; + complete(&result->completion); + pr_info("Encryption finished successfully\n"); +} + +/* Perform cipher operation */ +static unsigned int test_ablkcipher_encdec(struct ablkcipher_def *ablk, + int enc) +{ + int rc = 0; + + if (enc) + rc = crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt(ablk->req); + else + rc = crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt(ablk->req); + + switch (rc) { + case 0: + break; + case -EINPROGRESS: + case -EBUSY: + rc = wait_for_completion_interruptible( + &ablk->result.completion); + if (!rc && !ablk->result.err) { + reinit_completion(&ablk->result.completion); + break; + } + default: + pr_info("ablkcipher encrypt returned with %d result %d\n", + rc, ablk->result.err); + break; + } + init_completion(&ablk->result.completion); + + return rc; +} + +/* Initialize and trigger cipher operation */ +static int test_ablkcipher(void) +{ + struct ablkcipher_def ablk; + struct crypto_ablkcipher *ablkcipher = NULL; + struct ablkcipher_request *req = NULL; + char *scratchpad = NULL; + char *ivdata = NULL; + unsigned char key[32]; + int ret = -EFAULT; + + ablkcipher = crypto_alloc_ablkcipher("cbc-aes-aesni", 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(ablkcipher)) { + pr_info("could not allocate ablkcipher handle\n"); + return PTR_ERR(ablkcipher); + } + + req = ablkcipher_request_alloc(ablkcipher, GFP_KERNEL); + if (IS_ERR(req)) { + pr_info("could not allocate request queue\n"); + ret = PTR_ERR(req); + goto out; + } + + ablkcipher_request_set_callback(req, CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_BACKLOG, + test_ablkcipher_cb, + &ablk.result); + + /* AES 256 with random key */ + get_random_bytes(&key, 32); + if (crypto_ablkcipher_setkey(ablkcipher, key, 32)) { + pr_info("key could not be set\n"); + ret = -EAGAIN; + goto out; + } + + /* IV will be random */ + ivdata = kmalloc(16, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!ivdata) { + pr_info("could not allocate ivdata\n"); + goto out; + } + get_random_bytes(ivdata, 16); + + /* Input data will be random */ + scratchpad = kmalloc(16, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!scratchpad) { + pr_info("could not allocate scratchpad\n"); + goto out; + } + get_random_bytes(scratchpad, 16); + + ablk.tfm = ablkcipher; + ablk.req = req; + + /* We encrypt one block */ + sg_init_one(&ablk.sg, scratchpad, 16); + ablkcipher_request_set_crypt(req, &ablk.sg, &ablk.sg, 16, ivdata); + init_completion(&ablk.result.completion); + + /* encrypt data */ + ret = test_ablkcipher_encdec(&ablk, 1); + if (ret) + goto out; + + pr_info("Encryption triggered successfully\n"); + +out: + if (ablkcipher) + crypto_free_ablkcipher(ablkcipher); + if (req) + ablkcipher_request_free(req); + if (ivdata) + kfree(ivdata); + if (scratchpad) + kfree(scratchpad); + return ret; +} + </programlisting> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Code Example For Synchronous Block Cipher Operation</title> + <programlisting> + +static int test_blkcipher(void) +{ + struct crypto_blkcipher *blkcipher = NULL; + char *cipher = "cbc(aes)"; + // AES 128 + charkey = +"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef"; + chariv = +"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef"; + unsigned int ivsize = 0; + char *scratchpad = NULL; // holds plaintext and ciphertext + struct scatterlist sg; + struct blkcipher_desc desc; + int ret = -EFAULT; + + blkcipher = crypto_alloc_blkcipher(cipher, 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(blkcipher)) { + printk("could not allocate blkcipher handle for %s\n", cipher); + return -PTR_ERR(blkcipher); + } + + if (crypto_blkcipher_setkey(blkcipher, key, strlen(key))) { + printk("key could not be set\n"); + ret = -EAGAIN; + goto out; + } + + ivsize = crypto_blkcipher_ivsize(blkcipher); + if (ivsize) { + if (ivsize != strlen(iv)) + printk("IV length differs from expected length\n"); + crypto_blkcipher_set_iv(blkcipher, iv, ivsize); + } + + scratchpad = kmalloc(crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!scratchpad) { + printk("could not allocate scratchpad for %s\n", cipher); + goto out; + } + /* get some random data that we want to encrypt */ + get_random_bytes(scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + desc.flags = 0; + desc.tfm = blkcipher; + sg_init_one(&sg, scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + /* encrypt data in place */ + crypto_blkcipher_encrypt(&desc, &sg, &sg, + crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + /* decrypt data in place + * crypto_blkcipher_decrypt(&desc, &sg, &sg, + */ crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + + printk("Cipher operation completed\n"); + return 0; + +out: + if (blkcipher) + crypto_free_blkcipher(blkcipher); + if (scratchpad) + kzfree(scratchpad); + return ret; +} + </programlisting> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH</title> + <programlisting> + +struct sdesc { + struct shash_desc shash; + char ctx[]; +}; + +static struct sdescinit_sdesc(struct crypto_shash *alg) +{ + struct sdescsdesc; + int size; + + size = sizeof(struct shash_desc) + crypto_shash_descsize(alg); + sdesc = kmalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!sdesc) + return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM); + sdesc->shash.tfm = alg; + sdesc->shash.flags = 0x0; + return sdesc; +} + +static int calc_hash(struct crypto_shashalg, + const unsigned chardata, unsigned int datalen, + unsigned chardigest) { + struct sdescsdesc; + int ret; + + sdesc = init_sdesc(alg); + if (IS_ERR(sdesc)) { + pr_info("trusted_key: can't alloc %s\n", hash_alg); + return PTR_ERR(sdesc); + } + + ret = crypto_shash_digest(&sdesc->shash, data, datalen, digest); + kfree(sdesc); + return ret; +} + </programlisting> + </sect1> + + <sect1><title>Code Example For Random Number Generator Usage</title> + <programlisting> + +static int get_random_numbers(u8 *buf, unsigned int len) +{ + struct crypto_rngrng = NULL; + chardrbg = "drbg_nopr_sha256"; /* Hash DRBG with SHA-256, no PR */ + int ret; + + if (!buf || !len) { + pr_debug("No output buffer provided\n"); + return -EINVAL; + } + + rng = crypto_alloc_rng(drbg, 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(rng)) { + pr_debug("could not allocate RNG handle for %s\n", drbg); + return -PTR_ERR(rng); + } + + ret = crypto_rng_get_bytes(rng, buf, len); + if (ret < 0) + pr_debug("generation of random numbers failed\n"); + else if (ret == 0) + pr_debug("RNG returned no data"); + else + pr_debug("RNG returned %d bytes of data\n", ret); + +out: + crypto_free_rng(rng); + return ret; +} + </programlisting> + </sect1> + </chapter> + </book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl index be35bc328b77..4b592ffbafee 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl @@ -492,10 +492,10 @@ char *date;</synopsis> <sect2> <title>The Translation Table Manager (TTM)</title> <para> - TTM design background and information belongs here. + TTM design background and information belongs here. </para> <sect3> - <title>TTM initialization</title> + <title>TTM initialization</title> <warning><para>This section is outdated.</para></warning> <para> Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver @@ -503,42 +503,42 @@ char *date;</synopsis> pointers for initializing the TTM, allocating and freeing memory, waiting for command completion and fence synchronization, and memory migration. See the radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage. - </para> - <para> - The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields: - </para> - <programlisting> - struct ttm_global_reference { - enum ttm_global_types global_type; - size_t size; - void *object; - int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *); - void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *); - }; - </programlisting> - <para> - There should be one global reference structure for your memory - manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object - created by the memory manager at runtime. Your global TTM should - have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM. The size field for the global - object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and - release hooks should point at your driver-specific init and - release routines, which probably eventually call - ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release, respectively. - </para> - <para> - Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized - by calling ttm_global_item_ref() on it, - you need to create a buffer object TTM to - provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the - kernel itself. The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO, - and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global). Again, - driver-specific init and release functions may be provided, - likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init() and - ttm_bo_global_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous - object, ttm_global_item_ref() is used to create an initial reference - count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function. - </para> + </para> + <para> + The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields: + </para> + <programlisting> + struct ttm_global_reference { + enum ttm_global_types global_type; + size_t size; + void *object; + int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *); + void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *); + }; + </programlisting> + <para> + There should be one global reference structure for your memory + manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object + created by the memory manager at runtime. Your global TTM should + have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM. The size field for the global + object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and + release hooks should point at your driver-specific init and + release routines, which probably eventually call + ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release, respectively. + </para> + <para> + Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized + by calling ttm_global_item_ref() on it, + you need to create a buffer object TTM to + provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the + kernel itself. The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO, + and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global). Again, + driver-specific init and release functions may be provided, + likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init() and + ttm_bo_global_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous + object, ttm_global_item_ref() is used to create an initial reference + count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function. + </para> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2 id="drm-gem"> @@ -566,19 +566,19 @@ char *date;</synopsis> using driver-specific ioctls. </para> <para> - On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations: - <itemizedlist> - <listitem>Memory allocation and freeing</listitem> - <listitem>Command execution</listitem> - <listitem>Aperture management at command execution time</listitem> - </itemizedlist> - Buffer object allocation is relatively straightforward and largely + On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem>Memory allocation and freeing</listitem> + <listitem>Command execution</listitem> + <listitem>Aperture management at command execution time</listitem> + </itemizedlist> + Buffer object allocation is relatively straightforward and largely provided by Linux's shmem layer, which provides memory to back each object. </para> <para> Device-specific operations, such as command execution, pinning, buffer - read & write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers are left to + read & write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers are left to driver-specific ioctls. </para> <sect3> @@ -738,16 +738,16 @@ char *date;</synopsis> respectively. The conversion is handled by the DRM core without any driver-specific support. </para> - <para> - GEM also supports buffer sharing with dma-buf file descriptors through - PRIME. GEM-based drivers must use the provided helpers functions to - implement the exporting and importing correctly. See <xref linkend="drm-prime-support" />. - Since sharing file descriptors is inherently more secure than the - easily guessable and global GEM names it is the preferred buffer - sharing mechanism. Sharing buffers through GEM names is only supported - for legacy userspace. Furthermore PRIME also allows cross-device - buffer sharing since it is based on dma-bufs. - </para> + <para> + GEM also supports buffer sharing with dma-buf file descriptors through + PRIME. GEM-based drivers must use the provided helpers functions to + implement the exporting and importing correctly. See <xref linkend="drm-prime-support" />. + Since sharing file descriptors is inherently more secure than the + easily guessable and global GEM names it is the preferred buffer + sharing mechanism. Sharing buffers through GEM names is only supported + for legacy userspace. Furthermore PRIME also allows cross-device + buffer sharing since it is based on dma-bufs. + </para> </sect3> <sect3 id="drm-gem-objects-mapping"> <title>GEM Objects Mapping</title> @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ char *date;</synopsis> <sect3> <title>Command Execution</title> <para> - Perhaps the most important GEM function for GPU devices is providing a + Perhaps the most important GEM function for GPU devices is providing a command execution interface to clients. Client programs construct command buffers containing references to previously allocated memory objects, and then submit them to GEM. At that point, GEM takes care to @@ -874,95 +874,101 @@ char *date;</synopsis> <title>GEM Function Reference</title> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem.c </sect3> - </sect2> - <sect2> - <title>VMA Offset Manager</title> + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>VMA Offset Manager</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c vma offset manager !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c !Iinclude/drm/drm_vma_manager.h - </sect2> - <sect2 id="drm-prime-support"> - <title>PRIME Buffer Sharing</title> - <para> - PRIME is the cross device buffer sharing framework in drm, originally - created for the OPTIMUS range of multi-gpu platforms. To userspace - PRIME buffers are dma-buf based file descriptors. - </para> - <sect3> - <title>Overview and Driver Interface</title> - <para> - Similar to GEM global names, PRIME file descriptors are - also used to share buffer objects across processes. They offer - additional security: as file descriptors must be explicitly sent over - UNIX domain sockets to be shared between applications, they can't be - guessed like the globally unique GEM names. - </para> - <para> - Drivers that support the PRIME - API must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct - <structname>drm_driver</structname> - <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the - <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and - <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations. - </para> - <para> - <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev, - struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle, - uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd); + </sect2> + <sect2 id="drm-prime-support"> + <title>PRIME Buffer Sharing</title> + <para> + PRIME is the cross device buffer sharing framework in drm, originally + created for the OPTIMUS range of multi-gpu platforms. To userspace + PRIME buffers are dma-buf based file descriptors. + </para> + <sect3> + <title>Overview and Driver Interface</title> + <para> + Similar to GEM global names, PRIME file descriptors are + also used to share buffer objects across processes. They offer + additional security: as file descriptors must be explicitly sent over + UNIX domain sockets to be shared between applications, they can't be + guessed like the globally unique GEM names. + </para> + <para> + Drivers that support the PRIME + API must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct + <structname>drm_driver</structname> + <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the + <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and + <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations. + </para> + <para> + <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle, + uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd); int (*prime_fd_to_handle)(struct drm_device *dev, - struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd, - uint32_t *handle);</synopsis> - Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and - vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework - to manage the PRIME file descriptors. Similar to the mode setting - API PRIME is agnostic to the underlying buffer object manager, as - long as handles are 32bit unsigned integers. - </para> - <para> - While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM - drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function> - and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions. - Those helpers rely on the driver - <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and - <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf - instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM - object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role). - </para> - <para> - <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev, - struct drm_gem_object *obj, - int flags); + struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd, + uint32_t *handle);</synopsis> + Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and + vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework + to manage the PRIME file descriptors. Similar to the mode setting + API PRIME is agnostic to the underlying buffer object manager, as + long as handles are 32bit unsigned integers. + </para> + <para> + While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM + drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function> + and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions. + Those helpers rely on the driver + <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and + <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf + instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM + object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role). + </para> + <para> + <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_gem_object *obj, + int flags); struct drm_gem_object * (*gem_prime_import)(struct drm_device *dev, - struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis> - These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support - PRIME. - </para> - </sect3> - <sect3> - <title>PRIME Helper Functions</title> -!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers + struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis> + These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support + PRIME. + </para> </sect3> - </sect2> - <sect2> - <title>PRIME Function References</title> + <sect3> + <title>PRIME Helper Functions</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>PRIME Function References</title> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c - </sect2> - <sect2> - <title>DRM MM Range Allocator</title> - <sect3> - <title>Overview</title> + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>DRM MM Range Allocator</title> + <sect3> + <title>Overview</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c Overview - </sect3> - <sect3> - <title>LRU Scan/Eviction Support</title> + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>LRU Scan/Eviction Support</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c lru scan roaster - </sect3> + </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2> - <title>DRM MM Range Allocator Function References</title> + <sect2> + <title>DRM MM Range Allocator Function References</title> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c !Iinclude/drm/drm_mm.h - </sect2> + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>CMA Helper Functions Reference</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.c cma helpers +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.c +!Iinclude/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.h + </sect2> </sect1> <!-- Internals: mode setting --> @@ -996,6 +1002,10 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Atomic Mode Setting Function Reference</title> +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>Frame Buffer Creation</title> <synopsis>struct drm_framebuffer *(*fb_create)(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_file *file_priv, @@ -1827,6 +1837,10 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>KMS Data Structures</title> +!Iinclude/drm/drm_crtc.h + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>KMS Locking</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modeset_lock.c kms locking !Iinclude/drm/drm_modeset_lock.h @@ -1933,10 +1947,16 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) and then retrieves a list of modes by calling the connector <methodname>get_modes</methodname> helper operation. </para> + <para> + If the helper operation returns no mode, and if the connector status + is connector_status_connected, standard VESA DMT modes up to + 1024x768 are automatically added to the modes list by a call to + <function>drm_add_modes_noedid</function>. + </para> <para> - The function filters out modes larger than + The function then filters out modes larger than <parameter>max_width</parameter> and <parameter>max_height</parameter> - if specified. It then calls the optional connector + if specified. It finally calls the optional connector <methodname>mode_valid</methodname> helper operation for each mode in the probed list to check whether the mode is valid for the connector. </para> @@ -2076,12 +2096,20 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <synopsis>int (*get_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector);</synopsis> <para> Fill the connector's <structfield>probed_modes</structfield> list - by parsing EDID data with <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> or - calling <function>drm_mode_probed_add</function> directly for every + by parsing EDID data with <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function>, + adding standard VESA DMT modes with <function>drm_add_modes_noedid</function>, + or calling <function>drm_mode_probed_add</function> directly for every supported mode and return the number of modes it has detected. This operation is mandatory. </para> <para> + Note that the caller function will automatically add standard VESA + DMT modes up to 1024x768 if the <methodname>get_modes</methodname> + helper operation returns no mode and if the connector status is + connector_status_connected. There is no need to call + <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> manually in that case. + </para> + <para> When adding modes manually the driver creates each mode with a call to <function>drm_mode_create</function> and must fill the following fields. <itemizedlist> @@ -2278,7 +2306,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <function>drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes</function>. </para> <para> - When parsing EDID data, <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> fill the + When parsing EDID data, <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> fills the connector <structfield>display_info</structfield> <structfield>width_mm</structfield> and <structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields. When creating modes @@ -2316,8 +2344,26 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) </itemizedlist> </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Atomic Modeset Helper Functions Reference</title> + <sect3> + <title>Overview</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c overview + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Implementing Asynchronous Atomic Commit</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c implementing async commit + </sect3> + <sect3> + <title>Atomic State Reset and Initialization</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c atomic state reset and initialization + </sect3> +!Iinclude/drm/drm_atomic_helper.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>Modeset Helper Functions Reference</title> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c overview </sect2> <sect2> <title>Output Probing Helper Functions Reference</title> @@ -2343,6 +2389,12 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.c dsi helpers +!Iinclude/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>EDID Helper Functions Reference</title> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid.c </sect2> @@ -2371,7 +2423,12 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) </sect2> <sect2> <title id="drm-kms-planehelpers">Plane Helper Reference</title> -!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c Plane Helpers +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c overview + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Tile group</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c Tile group </sect2> </sect1> @@ -2507,8 +2564,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="21" valign="top" >DRM</td> - <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td rowspan="25" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td rowspan="4" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“EDID”</td> <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> <td valign="top" >0</td> @@ -2523,6 +2580,20 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Contains DPMS operation mode value.</td> </tr> <tr> + <td valign="top" >“PATH”</td> + <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> + <td valign="top" >0</td> + <td valign="top" >Connector</td> + <td valign="top" >Contains topology path to a connector.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“TILE”</td> + <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> + <td valign="top" >0</td> + <td valign="top" >Connector</td> + <td valign="top" >Contains tiling information for a connector.</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Plane</td> <td valign="top" >“type”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM | IMMUTABLE</td> @@ -2638,6 +2709,21 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> + <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Virtual GPU</td> + <td valign="top" >“suggested X”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffffff</td> + <td valign="top" >Connector</td> + <td valign="top" >property to suggest an X offset for a connector</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“suggested Y”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=0xffffffff</td> + <td valign="top" >Connector</td> + <td valign="top" >property to suggest an Y offset for a connector</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Optional</td> <td valign="top" >“scaling mode”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> @@ -3788,6 +3874,26 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> those have basic support through the gma500 drm driver. </para> <sect1> + <title>Core Driver Infrastructure</title> + <para> + This section covers core driver infrastructure used by both the display + and the GEM parts of the driver. + </para> + <sect2> + <title>Runtime Power Management</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c runtime pm +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Interrupt Handling</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c interrupt handling +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_irq_init intel_irq_init_hw intel_hpd_init +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_irq_fini +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_disable_interrupts +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_enable_interrupts + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1> <title>Display Hardware Handling</title> <para> This section covers everything related to the display hardware including @@ -3804,6 +3910,18 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </para> </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Frontbuffer Tracking</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_frontbuffer.c frontbuffer tracking +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_frontbuffer.c +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_drv.h intel_frontbuffer_flip +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem.c i915_gem_track_fb + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Display FIFO Underrun Reporting</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fifo_underrun.c fifo underrun handling +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fifo_underrun.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>Plane Configuration</title> <para> This section covers plane configuration and composition with the @@ -3823,6 +3941,16 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </para> </sect2> <sect2> + <title>High Definition Audio</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_audio.c High Definition Audio over HDMI and Display Port +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_audio.c + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Panel Self Refresh PSR (PSR/SRD)</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_psr.c Panel Self Refresh (PSR/SRD) +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_psr.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>DPIO</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO <table id="dpiox2"> @@ -3931,6 +4059,28 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c </sect2> </sect1> + + <sect1> + <title> Tracing </title> + <para> + This sections covers all things related to the tracepoints implemented in + the i915 driver. + </para> + <sect2> + <title> i915_ppgtt_create and i915_ppgtt_release </title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h i915_ppgtt_create and i915_ppgtt_release tracepoints + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title> i915_context_create and i915_context_free </title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h i915_context_create and i915_context_free tracepoints + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title> switch_mm </title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h switch_mm tracepoint + </sect2> + </sect1> + </chapter> +!Cdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c </part> </book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl index bbe9c1fd5cef..1fdc246e4256 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ appears in sysfs. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> -<varname>unsigned long size</varname>: Fill in the size of the +<varname>resource_size_t size</varname>: Fill in the size of the memory block that <varname>addr</varname> points to. If <varname>size</varname> is zero, the mapping is considered unused. Note that you <emphasis>must</emphasis> initialize <varname>size</varname> with zero for diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt index f13c9132e9f2..653d5d739d7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt +++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt @@ -42,7 +42,13 @@ The driver interface depends on your hardware. If your system properly provides the SMBIOS info for IPMI, the driver will detect it and just work. If you have a board with a standard interface (These will generally be either "KCS", "SMIC", or "BT", consult your hardware -manual), choose the 'IPMI SI handler' option. +manual), choose the 'IPMI SI handler' option. A driver also exists +for direct I2C access to the IPMI management controller. Some boards +support this, but it is unknown if it will work on every board. For +this, choose 'IPMI SMBus handler', but be ready to try to do some +figuring to see if it will work on your system if the SMBIOS/APCI +information is wrong or not present. It is fairly safe to have both +these enabled and let the drivers auto-detect what is present. You should generally enable ACPI on your system, as systems with IPMI can have ACPI tables describing them. @@ -52,7 +58,8 @@ their job correctly, the IPMI controller should be automatically detected (via ACPI or SMBIOS tables) and should just work. Sadly, many boards do not have this information. The driver attempts standard defaults, but they may not work. If you fall into this -situation, you need to read the section below named 'The SI Driver'. +situation, you need to read the section below named 'The SI Driver' or +"The SMBus Driver" on how to hand-configure your system. IPMI defines a standard watchdog timer. You can enable this with the 'IPMI Watchdog Timer' config option. If you compile the driver into @@ -97,7 +104,12 @@ driver, each open file for this device ties in to the message handler as an IPMI user. ipmi_si - A driver for various system interfaces. This supports KCS, -SMIC, and BT interfaces. +SMIC, and BT interfaces. Unless you have an SMBus interface or your +own custom interface, you probably need to use this. + +ipmi_ssif - A driver for accessing BMCs on the SMBus. It uses the +I2C kernel driver's SMBus interfaces to send and receive IPMI messages +over the SMBus. ipmi_watchdog - IPMI requires systems to have a very capable watchdog timer. This driver implements the standard Linux watchdog timer @@ -476,6 +488,62 @@ for specifying an interface. Note that when removing an interface, only the first three parameters (si type, address type, and address) are used for the comparison. Any options are ignored for removing. +The SMBus Driver (SSIF) +----------------------- + +The SMBus driver allows up to 4 SMBus devices to be configured in the +system. By default, the driver will only register with something it +finds in DMI or ACPI tables. You can change this +at module load time (for a module) with: + + modprobe ipmi_ssif.o + addr=<i2caddr1>[,<i2caddr2>[,...]] + adapter=<adapter1>[,<adapter2>[...]] + dbg=<flags1>,<flags2>... + slave_addrs=<addr1>,<addr2>,... + [dbg_probe=1] + +The addresses are normal I2C addresses. The adapter is the string +name of the adapter, as shown in /sys/class/i2c-adapter/i2c-<n>/name. +It is *NOT* i2c-<n> itself. + +The debug flags are bit flags for each BMC found, they are: +IPMI messages: 1, driver state: 2, timing: 4, I2C probe: 8 + +Setting dbg_probe to 1 will enable debugging of the probing and +detection process for BMCs on the SMBusses. + +The slave_addrs specifies the IPMI address of the local BMC. This is +usually 0x20 and the driver defaults to that, but in case it's not, it +can be specified when the driver starts up. + +Discovering the IPMI compliant BMC on the SMBus can cause devices on +the I2C bus to fail. The SMBus driver writes a "Get Device ID" IPMI +message as a block write to the I2C bus and waits for a response. +This action can be detrimental to some I2C devices. It is highly +recommended that the known I2C address be given to the SMBus driver in +the smb_addr parameter unless you have DMI or ACPI data to tell the +driver what to use. + +When compiled into the kernel, the addresses can be specified on the +kernel command line as: + + ipmb_ssif.addr=<i2caddr1>[,<i2caddr2>[...]] + ipmi_ssif.adapter=<adapter1>[,<adapter2>[...]] + ipmi_ssif.dbg=<flags1>[,<flags2>[...]] + ipmi_ssif.dbg_probe=1 + ipmi_ssif.slave_addrs=<addr1>[,<addr2>[...]] + +These are the same options as on the module command line. + +The I2C driver does not support non-blocking access or polling, so +this driver cannod to IPMI panic events, extend the watchdog at panic +time, or other panic-related IPMI functions without special kernel +patches and driver modifications. You can get those at the openipmi +web page. + +The driver supports a hot add and remove of interfaces through the I2C +sysfs interface. Other Pieces ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt index 38dc06d0a791..4178ebda6e66 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with ITCM mounted inside the CPU. -ffc00000 ffdfffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided +ffc00000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided by fix_to_virt() will be located here. fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt index 6b972b287795..5aabc08de811 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt +++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt @@ -942,7 +942,11 @@ elevator_allow_merge_fn called whenever the block layer determines request safely. The io scheduler may still want to stop a merge at this point if it results in some sort of conflict internally, - this hook allows it to do that. + this hook allows it to do that. Note however + that two *requests* can still be merged at later + time. Currently the io scheduler has no way to + prevent that. It can only learn about the fact + from elevator_merge_req_fn callback. elevator_dispatch_fn* fills the dispatch queue with ready requests. I/O schedulers are free to postpone requests by diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt index 10c949b293e4..f935fac1e73b 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt @@ -312,10 +312,10 @@ the "cpuset" cgroup subsystem, the steps are something like: 2) mkdir /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset 3) mount -t cgroup -ocpuset cpuset /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset 4) Create the new cgroup by doing mkdir's and write's (or echo's) in - the /sys/fs/cgroup virtual file system. + the /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset virtual file system. 5) Start a task that will be the "founding father" of the new job. 6) Attach that task to the new cgroup by writing its PID to the - /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset/tasks file for that cgroup. + /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset tasks file for that cgroup. 7) fork, exec or clone the job tasks from this founding father task. For example, the following sequence of commands will setup a cgroup diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt index 3c94ff3f9693..f2235a162529 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ across partially overlapping sets of CPUs would risk unstable dynamics that would be beyond our understanding. So if each of two partially overlapping cpusets enables the flag 'cpuset.sched_load_balance', then we form a single sched domain that is a superset of both. We won't move -a task to a CPU outside it cpuset, but the scheduler load balancing +a task to a CPU outside its cpuset, but the scheduler load balancing code might waste some compute cycles considering that possibility. This mismatch is why there is not a simple one-to-one relation @@ -552,8 +552,8 @@ otherwise initial value -1 that indicates the cpuset has no request. 1 : search siblings (hyperthreads in a core). 2 : search cores in a package. 3 : search cpus in a node [= system wide on non-NUMA system] - ( 4 : search nodes in a chunk of node [on NUMA system] ) - ( 5 : search system wide [on NUMA system] ) + 4 : search nodes in a chunk of node [on NUMA system] + 5 : search system wide [on NUMA system] The system default is architecture dependent. The system default can be changed using the relax_domain_level= boot parameter. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt index 46b2b5080317..a22df3ad35ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ per cgroup, instead of globally. * tcp memory pressure: sockets memory pressure for the tcp protocol. -2.7.3 Common use cases +2.7.2 Common use cases Because the "kmem" counter is fed to the main user counter, kernel memory can never be limited completely independently of user memory. Say "U" is the user @@ -354,19 +354,19 @@ set: 3. User Interface -0. Configuration +3.0. Configuration a. Enable CONFIG_CGROUPS b. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG c. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG_SWAP (to use swap extension) d. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM (to use kmem extension) -1. Prepare the cgroups (see cgroups.txt, Why are cgroups needed?) +3.1. Prepare the cgroups (see cgroups.txt, Why are cgroups needed?) # mount -t tmpfs none /sys/fs/cgroup # mkdir /sys/fs/cgroup/memory # mount -t cgroup none /sys/fs/cgroup/memory -o memory -2. Make the new group and move bash into it +3.2. Make the new group and move bash into it # mkdir /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/0 # echo $$ > /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/0/tasks diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt b/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ac619cd90300 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +Introduction +============ + +The concepts of the kernel crypto API visible to kernel space is fully +applicable to the user space interface as well. Therefore, the kernel crypto API +high level discussion for the in-kernel use cases applies here as well. + +The major difference, however, is that user space can only act as a consumer +and never as a provider of a transformation or cipher algorithm. + +The following covers the user space interface exported by the kernel crypto +API. A working example of this description is libkcapi that can be obtained from +[1]. That library can be used by user space applications that require +cryptographic services from the kernel. + +Some details of the in-kernel kernel crypto API aspects do not +apply to user space, however. This includes the difference between synchronous +and asynchronous invocations. The user space API call is fully synchronous. +In addition, only a subset of all cipher types are available as documented +below. + + +User space API general remarks +============================== + +The kernel crypto API is accessible from user space. Currently, the following +ciphers are accessible: + + * Message digest including keyed message digest (HMAC, CMAC) + + * Symmetric ciphers + +Note, AEAD ciphers are currently not supported via the symmetric cipher +interface. + +The interface is provided via Netlink using the type AF_ALG. In addition, the +setsockopt option type is SOL_ALG. In case the user space header files do not +export these flags yet, use the following macros: + +#ifndef AF_ALG +#define AF_ALG 38 +#endif +#ifndef SOL_ALG +#define SOL_ALG 279 +#endif + +A cipher is accessed with the same name as done for the in-kernel API calls. +This includes the generic vs. unique naming schema for ciphers as well as the +enforcement of priorities for generic names. + +To interact with the kernel crypto API, a Netlink socket must be created by +the user space application. User space invokes the cipher operation with the +send/write system call family. The result of the cipher operation is obtained +with the read/recv system call family. + +The following API calls assume that the Netlink socket descriptor is already +opened by the user space application and discusses only the kernel crypto API +specific invocations. + +To initialize a Netlink interface, the following sequence has to be performed +by the consumer: + + 1. Create a socket of type AF_ALG with the struct sockaddr_alg parameter + specified below for the different cipher types. + + 2. Invoke bind with the socket descriptor + + 3. Invoke accept with the socket descriptor. The accept system call + returns a new file descriptor that is to be used to interact with + the particular cipher instance. When invoking send/write or recv/read + system calls to send data to the kernel or obtain data from the + kernel, the file descriptor returned by accept must be used. + +In-place cipher operation +========================= + +Just like the in-kernel operation of the kernel crypto API, the user space +interface allows the cipher operation in-place. That means that the input buffer +used for the send/write system call and the output buffer used by the read/recv +system call may be one and the same. This is of particular interest for +symmetric cipher operations where a copying of the output data to its final +destination can be avoided. + +If a consumer on the other hand wants to maintain the plaintext and the +ciphertext in different memory locations, all a consumer needs to do is to +provide different memory pointers for the encryption and decryption operation. + +Message digest API +================== + +The message digest type to be used for the cipher operation is selected when +invoking the bind syscall. bind requires the caller to provide a filled +struct sockaddr data structure. This data structure must be filled as follows: + +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "hash", /* this selects the hash logic in the kernel */ + .salg_name = "sha1" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + +The salg_type value "hash" applies to message digests and keyed message digests. +Though, a keyed message digest is referenced by the appropriate salg_name. +Please see below for the setsockopt interface that explains how the key can be +set for a keyed message digest. + +Using the send() system call, the application provides the data that should be +processed with the message digest. The send system call allows the following +flags to be specified: + + * MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + message digest update function where the final hash is not + yet calculated. If the flag is not set, the send system call + calculates the final message digest immediately. + +With the recv() system call, the application can read the message digest from +the kernel crypto API. If the buffer is too small for the message digest, the +flag MSG_TRUNC is set by the kernel. + +In order to set a message digest key, the calling application must use the +setsockopt() option of ALG_SET_KEY. If the key is not set the HMAC operation is +performed without the initial HMAC state change caused by the key. + + +Symmetric cipher API +==================== + +The operation is very similar to the message digest discussion. During +initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be filled as follows: + +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "skcipher", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ + .salg_name = "cbc(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + +Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system call family, +the consumer must set the key. The key setting is described with the setsockopt +invocation below. + +Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should +be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is specified +with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call. + +The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the +struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more information +on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the send/recv system +call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the following information +specified with a separate header instances: + + * specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags: + ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data + ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data + + * specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV + +The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified: + + * MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + cipher update function where more input data is expected + with a subsequent invocation of the send system call. + +Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller must +make sure that all data matches the constraints given in /proc/crypto for the +selected cipher. + +With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of the +cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer must be at least +as large as to hold all blocks of the encrypted or decrypted data. If the output +data size is smaller, only as many blocks are returned that fit into that +output buffer size. + +Setsockopt interface +==================== + +In addition to the read/recv and send/write system call handling to send and +retrieve data subject to the cipher operation, a consumer also needs to set +the additional information for the cipher operation. This additional information +is set using the setsockopt system call that must be invoked with the file +descriptor of the open cipher (i.e. the file descriptor returned by the +accept system call). + +Each setsockopt invocation must use the level SOL_ALG. + +The setsockopt interface allows setting the following data using the mentioned +optname: + + * ALG_SET_KEY -- Setting the key. Key setting is applicable to: + + - the skcipher cipher type (symmetric ciphers) + + - the hash cipher type (keyed message digests) + +User space API example +====================== + +Please see [1] for libkcapi which provides an easy-to-use wrapper around the +aforementioned Netlink kernel interface. [1] also contains a test application +that invokes all libkcapi API calls. + +[1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html + +Author +====== + +Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d790f49066f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +* CoreSight Components: + +CoreSight components are compliant with the ARM CoreSight architecture +specification and can be connected in various topologies to suit a particular +SoCs tracing needs. These trace components can generally be classified as +sinks, links and sources. Trace data produced by one or more sources flows +through the intermediate links connecting the source to the currently selected +sink. Each CoreSight component device should use these properties to describe +its hardware characteristcs. + +* Required properties for all components *except* non-configurable replicators: + + * compatible: These have to be supplemented with "arm,primecell" as + drivers are using the AMBA bus interface. Possible values include: + - "arm,coresight-etb10", "arm,primecell"; + - "arm,coresight-tpiu", "arm,primecell"; + - "arm,coresight-tmc", "arm,primecell"; + - "arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell"; + - "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell"; + + * reg: physical base address and length of the register + set(s) of the component. + + * clocks: the clock associated to this component. + + * clock-names: the name of the clock as referenced by the code. + Since we are using the AMBA framework, the name should be + "apb_pclk". + + * port or ports: The representation of the component's port + layout using the generic DT graph presentation found in + "bindings/graph.txt". + +* Required properties for devices that don't show up on the AMBA bus, such as + non-configurable replicators: + + * compatible: Currently supported value is (note the absence of the + AMBA markee): + - "arm,coresight-replicator" + + * id: a unique number that will identify this replicator. + + * port or ports: same as above. + +* Optional properties for ETM/PTMs: + + * arm,cp14: must be present if the system accesses ETM/PTM management + registers via co-processor 14. + + * cpu: the cpu phandle this ETM/PTM is affined to. When omitted the + source is considered to belong to CPU0. + +* Optional property for TMC: + + * arm,buffer-size: size of contiguous buffer space for TMC ETR + (embedded trace router) + + +Example: + +1. Sinks + etb@20010000 { + compatible = "arm,coresight-etb10", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0 0x20010000 0 0x1000>; + + coresight-default-sink; + clocks = <&oscclk6a>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + port { + etb_in_port: endpoint@0 { + slave-mode; + remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port0>; + }; + }; + }; + + tpiu@20030000 { + compatible = "arm,coresight-tpiu", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0 0x20030000 0 0x1000>; + + clocks = <&oscclk6a>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + port { + tpiu_in_port: endpoint@0 { + slave-mode; + remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port1>; + }; + }; + }; + +2. Links + replicator { + /* non-configurable replicators don't show up on the + * AMBA bus. As such no need to add "arm,primecell". + */ + compatible = "arm,coresight-replicator"; + /* this will show up in debugfs as "0.replicator" */ + id = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* replicator output ports */ + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + replicator_out_port0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&etb_in_port>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + replicator_out_port1: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&tpiu_in_port>; + }; + }; + + /* replicator input port */ + port@2 { + reg = <0>; + replicator_in_port0: endpoint { + slave-mode; + remote-endpoint = <&funnel_out_port0>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + funnel@20040000 { + compatible = "arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0 0x20040000 0 0x1000>; + + clocks = <&oscclk6a>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* funnel output port */ + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + funnel_out_port0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = + <&replicator_in_port0>; + }; + }; + + /* funnel input ports */ + port@1 { + reg = <0>; + funnel_in_port0: endpoint { + slave-mode; + remote-endpoint = <&ptm0_out_port>; + }; + }; + + port@2 { + reg = <1>; + funnel_in_port1: endpoint { + slave-mode; + remote-endpoint = <&ptm1_out_port>; + }; + }; + + port@3 { + reg = <2>; + funnel_in_port2: endpoint { + slave-mode; + remote-endpoint = <&etm0_out_port>; + }; + }; + + }; + }; + +3. Sources + ptm@2201c000 { + compatible = "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0 0x2201c000 0 0x1000>; + + cpu = <&cpu0>; + clocks = <&oscclk6a>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + port { + ptm0_out_port: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port0>; + }; + }; + }; + + ptm@2201d000 { + compatible = "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0 0x2201d000 0 0x1000>; + + cpu = <&cpu1>; + clocks = <&oscclk6a>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + port { + ptm1_out_port: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port1>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt index 33cd05e6c125..ddfade40ac59 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt @@ -49,11 +49,29 @@ Optional occupied by the redistributors. Required if more than one such region is present. +Sub-nodes: + +GICv3 has one or more Interrupt Translation Services (ITS) that are +used to route Message Signalled Interrupts (MSI) to the CPUs. + +These nodes must have the following properties: +- compatible : Should at least contain "arm,gic-v3-its". +- msi-controller : Boolean property. Identifies the node as an MSI controller +- reg: Specifies the base physical address and size of the ITS + registers. + +The main GIC node must contain the appropriate #address-cells, +#size-cells and ranges properties for the reg property of all ITS +nodes. + Examples: gic: interrupt-controller@2cf00000 { compatible = "arm,gic-v3"; #interrupt-cells = <3>; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; interrupt-controller; reg = <0x0 0x2f000000 0 0x10000>, // GICD <0x0 0x2f100000 0 0x200000>, // GICR @@ -61,11 +79,20 @@ Examples: <0x0 0x2c010000 0 0x2000>, // GICH <0x0 0x2c020000 0 0x2000>; // GICV interrupts = <1 9 4>; + + gic-its@2c200000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its"; + msi-controller; + reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x200000>; + }; }; gic: interrupt-controller@2c010000 { compatible = "arm,gic-v3"; #interrupt-cells = <3>; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; interrupt-controller; redistributor-stride = <0x0 0x40000>; // 256kB stride #redistributor-regions = <2>; @@ -76,4 +103,16 @@ Examples: <0x0 0x2c060000 0 0x2000>, // GICH <0x0 0x2c080000 0 0x2000>; // GICV interrupts = <1 9 4>; + + gic-its@2c200000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its"; + msi-controller; + reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x200000>; + }; + + gic-its@2c400000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its"; + msi-controller; + reg = <0x0 0x2c400000 0 0x200000>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt index b38608af66db..8112d0c3675a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt @@ -97,3 +97,56 @@ Example: <0x2c006000 0x2000>; interrupts = <1 9 0xf04>; }; + + +* GICv2m extension for MSI/MSI-x support (Optional) + +Certain revisions of GIC-400 supports MSI/MSI-x via V2M register frame(s). +This is enabled by specifying v2m sub-node(s). + +Required properties: + +- compatible : The value here should contain "arm,gic-v2m-frame". + +- msi-controller : Identifies the node as an MSI controller. + +- reg : GICv2m MSI interface register base and size + +Optional properties: + +- arm,msi-base-spi : When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect + value, this property should contain the SPI base of + the MSI frame, overriding the HW value. + +- arm,msi-num-spis : When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect + value, this property should contain the number of + SPIs assigned to the frame, overriding the HW value. + +Example: + + interrupt-controller@e1101000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-400"; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + interrupts = <1 8 0xf04>; + ranges = <0 0 0 0xe1100000 0 0x100000>; + reg = <0x0 0xe1110000 0 0x01000>, + <0x0 0xe112f000 0 0x02000>, + <0x0 0xe1140000 0 0x10000>, + <0x0 0xe1160000 0 0x10000>; + v2m0: v2m@0x8000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame"; + msi-controller; + reg = <0x0 0x80000 0 0x1000>; + }; + + .... + + v2mN: v2m@0x9000 { + compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame"; + msi-controller; + reg = <0x0 0x90000 0 0x1000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d680b07ec6e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Mediatek 65xx/81xx sysirq + +Mediatek SOCs sysirq support controllable irq inverter for each GIC SPI +interrupt. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of: + "mediatek,mt8135-sysirq" + "mediatek,mt8127-sysirq" + "mediatek,mt6589-sysirq" + "mediatek,mt6582-sysirq" + "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq" +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Use the same format as specified by GIC in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +- interrupt-parent: phandle of irq parent for sysirq. The parent must + use the same interrupt-cells format as GIC. +- reg: Physical base address of the intpol registers and length of memory + mapped region. + +Example: + sysirq: interrupt-controller@10200100 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6589-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + reg = <0 0x10200100 0 0x1c>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt index 709efaa30841..f46ca9a316a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties: future controllers. Must be "samsung,exynos3250-adc" for controllers compatible with ADC of Exynos3250. + Must be "samsung,exynos7-adc" for + the ADC in Exynos7 and compatibles Must be "samsung,s3c2410-adc" for the ADC in s3c2410 and compatibles Must be "samsung,s3c2416-adc" for @@ -43,13 +45,16 @@ Required properties: compatible ADC block) - vdd-supply VDD input supply. +- samsung,syscon-phandle Contains the PMU system controller node + (To access the ADC_PHY register on Exynos5250/5420/5800/3250) + Note: child nodes can be added for auto probing from device tree. Example: adding device info in dtsi file adc: adc@12D10000 { compatible = "samsung,exynos-adc-v1"; - reg = <0x12D10000 0x100>, <0x10040718 0x4>; + reg = <0x12D10000 0x100>; interrupts = <0 106 0>; #io-channel-cells = <1>; io-channel-ranges; @@ -58,13 +63,14 @@ adc: adc@12D10000 { clock-names = "adc"; vdd-supply = <&buck5_reg>; + samsung,syscon-phandle = <&pmu_system_controller>; }; Example: adding device info in dtsi file for Exynos3250 with additional sclk adc: adc@126C0000 { compatible = "samsung,exynos3250-adc", "samsung,exynos-adc-v2; - reg = <0x126C0000 0x100>, <0x10020718 0x4>; + reg = <0x126C0000 0x100>; interrupts = <0 137 0>; #io-channel-cells = <1>; io-channel-ranges; @@ -73,6 +79,7 @@ adc: adc@126C0000 { clock-names = "adc", "sclk"; vdd-supply = <&buck5_reg>; + samsung,syscon-phandle = <&pmu_system_controller>; }; Example: Adding child nodes in dts file diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt index 1c8351604d38..b460edd12766 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt @@ -6,11 +6,17 @@ Required Properties: - interrupts : Interrupt controller is using - nr-ports : Number of SATA ports in use. +Optional Properties: +- phys : List of phandles to sata phys +- phy-names : Should be "0", "1", etc, one number per phandle + Example: sata@80000 { compatible = "marvell,orion-sata"; reg = <0x80000 0x5000>; interrupts = <21>; + phys = <&sata_phy0>, <&sata_phy1>; + phy-names = "0", "1"; nr-ports = <2>; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt index 80ae87a0784b..2493a5a31655 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt @@ -3,18 +3,21 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should contain one of the following: - "renesas,sata-r8a7779" for R-Car H1 + ("renesas,rcar-sata" is deprecated) - "renesas,sata-r8a7790-es1" for R-Car H2 ES1 - "renesas,sata-r8a7790" for R-Car H2 other than ES1 - "renesas,sata-r8a7791" for R-Car M2-W - "renesas,sata-r8a7793" for R-Car M2-N - reg : address and length of the SATA registers; - interrupts : must consist of one interrupt specifier. +- clocks : must contain a reference to the functional clock. Example: -sata: sata@fc600000 { - compatible = "renesas,sata-r8a7779"; - reg = <0xfc600000 0x2000>; +sata0: sata@ee300000 { + compatible = "renesas,sata-r8a7791"; + reg = <0 0xee300000 0 0x2000>; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; - interrupts = <0 100 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupts = <0 105 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7791_CLK_SATA0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt index 5666812fc42b..266ff9d23229 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt @@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ Required properties: It takes parent's clock-frequency as its clock. * "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-2.0": for input system clock (v2.0). It takes parent's clock-frequency as its clock. + * "fsl,qoriq-platform-pll-1.0" for the platform PLL clock (v1.0) + * "fsl,qoriq-platform-pll-2.0" for the platform PLL clock (v2.0) - #clock-cells: From common clock binding. The number of cells in a clock-specifier. Should be <0> for "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-[1,2].0" clocks, or <1> for "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-[1,2].0" clocks. @@ -128,8 +130,16 @@ Example for clock block and clock provider: clock-names = "pll0", "pll0-div2", "pll1", "pll1-div2"; clock-output-names = "cmux1"; }; + + platform-pll: platform-pll@c00 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + reg = <0xc00 0x4>; + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-platform-pll-1.0"; + clocks = <&sysclk>; + clock-output-names = "platform-pll", "platform-pll-div2"; + }; }; - } +}; Example for clock consumer: @@ -139,4 +149,4 @@ Example for clock consumer: clocks = <&mux0>; ... }; - } +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,flexgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,flexgen.txt index 1d3ace088172..b7ee5c7e0f75 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,flexgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,flexgen.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Please find an example below: Clockgen block diagram ------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Flexgen stucture | + | Flexgen structure | | --------------------------------------------- | | | ------- -------- -------- | | clk_sysin | | | | | | | | | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt index 5c65eccd0e56..e8a35c71e947 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Freescale SAHARA Cryptographic Accelerator included in some i.MX chips. -Currently only i.MX27 is supported. +Currently only i.MX27 and i.MX53 are supported. Required properties: - compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-sahara" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-xdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-xdma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0eb2b3207e08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-xdma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +* Atmel Extensible Direct Memory Access Controller (XDMAC) + +* XDMA Controller +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-dma". + <chip> compatible description: + - sama5d4: first SoC adding the XDMAC +- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain DMA interrupt. +- #dma-cells: Must be <1>, used to represent the number of integer cells in +the dmas property of client devices. + - The 1st cell specifies the channel configuration register: + - bit 13: SIF, source interface identifier, used to get the memory + interface identifier, + - bit 14: DIF, destination interface identifier, used to get the peripheral + interface identifier, + - bit 30-24: PERID, peripheral identifier. + +Example: + +dma1: dma-controller@f0004000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-dma"; + reg = <0xf0004000 0x200>; + interrupts = <50 4 0>; + #dma-cells = <1>; +}; + + +* DMA clients +DMA clients connected to the Atmel XDMA controller must use the format +described in the dma.txt file, using a one-cell specifier for each channel. +The two cells in order are: +1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller. +2. Channel configuration register. Configurable fields are: + - bit 13: SIF, source interface identifier, used to get the memory + interface identifier, + - bit 14: DIF, destination interface identifier, used to get the peripheral + interface identifier, + - bit 30-24: PERID, peripheral identifier. + +Example: + +i2c2: i2c@f8024000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-i2c"; + reg = <0xf8024000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <34 4 6>; + dmas = <&dma1 + (AT91_XDMAC_DT_MEM_IF(0) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PER_IF(1) + | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PERID(6))>, + <&dma1 + (AT91_XDMAC_DT_MEM_IF(0) | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PER_IF(1) + | AT91_XDMAC_DT_PERID(7))>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt index 4659fd952301..dc8d3aac1aa9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ The full ID of peripheral types can be found below. 21 ESAI 22 SSI Dual FIFO (needs firmware ver >= 2) 23 Shared ASRC + 24 SAI The third cell specifies the transfer priority as below. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt index d75a9d767022..f8c3311b7153 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ QCOM BAM DMA controller Required properties: -- compatible: must contain "qcom,bam-v1.4.0" for MSM8974 +- compatible: must be one of the following: + * "qcom,bam-v1.4.0" for MSM8974, APQ8074 and APQ8084 + * "qcom,bam-v1.3.0" for APQ8064, IPQ8064 and MSM8960 - reg: Address range for DMA registers - interrupts: Should contain the one interrupt shared by all channels - #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the client device diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt index 3e145c1675b1..9cdcba24d7c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This driver follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma.txt. Required properties: -- compatible: Must be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma" +- compatible: Must be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma" or "allwinner,sun8i-a23-dma" - reg: Should contain the registers base address and length - interrupts: Should contain a reference to the interrupt used by this device - clocks: Should contain a reference to the parent AHB clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt index e75f0e549fff..e75f0e549fff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt index 1b756cf9afb0..1b756cf9afb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt index 443bcb6134d5..443bcb6134d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7bb1a9d60133 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* 74XX MMIO GPIO driver + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain one of the following: + "ti,741g125": for 741G125 (1-bit Input), + "ti,741g174": for 741G74 (1-bit Output), + "ti,742g125": for 742G125 (2-bit Input), + "ti,7474" : for 7474 (2-bit Output), + "ti,74125" : for 74125 (4-bit Input), + "ti,74175" : for 74175 (4-bit Output), + "ti,74365" : for 74365 (6-bit Input), + "ti,74174" : for 74174 (6-bit Output), + "ti,74244" : for 74244 (8-bit Input), + "ti,74273" : for 74273 (8-bit Output), + "ti,741624" : for 741624 (16-bit Input), + "ti,7416374": for 7416374 (16-bit Output). +- reg: Physical base address and length where IC resides. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify the GPIO polarity: + 0 = Active High, + 1 = Active Low. + +Example: + ctrl: gpio@30008004 { + compatible = "ti,74174"; + reg = <0x30008004 0x1>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt index c306a2d0f2b1..f3332b9a8ed4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt @@ -57,6 +57,8 @@ Optional device specific properties: occurred on. If it is not set, the interrupt are only generated for the bank they belong to. On devices with only one interrupt output this property is useless. +- microchip,irq-active-high: Sets the INTPOL flag in the IOCON register. This + configures the IRQ output polarity as active high. Example I2C (with interrupt): gpiom1: gpio@20 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..436cc99c6598 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +* Freescale VF610 PORT/GPIO module + +The Freescale PORT/GPIO modules are two adjacent modules providing GPIO +functionality. Each pair serves 32 GPIOs. The VF610 has 5 instances of +each, and each PORT module has its own interrupt. + +Required properties for GPIO node: +- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-gpio", currently "fsl,vf610-gpio" +- reg : The first reg tuple represents the PORT module, the second tuple + the GPIO module. +- interrupts : Should be the port interrupt shared by all 32 pins. +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity: + 0 = active high + 1 = active low +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number. + The second cell bits[3:0] is used to specify trigger type and level flags: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered. + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. + +Note: Each GPIO port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases" +node. + +Examples: + +aliases { + gpio0 = &gpio1; + gpio1 = &gpio2; +}; + +gpio1: gpio@40049000 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-gpio"; + reg = <0x40049000 0x1000 0x400ff000 0x40>; + interrupts = <0 107 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&iomuxc 0 0 32>; +}; + +gpio2: gpio@4004a000 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-gpio"; + reg = <0x4004a000 0x1000 0x400ff040 0x40>; + interrupts = <0 108 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&iomuxc 0 32 32>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt index 3fb8f53071b8..b9bd1d64cfa6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt @@ -13,13 +13,22 @@ properties, each containing a 'gpio-list': gpio-specifier : Array of #gpio-cells specifying specific gpio (controller specific) -GPIO properties should be named "[<name>-]gpios". The exact -meaning of each gpios property must be documented in the device tree -binding for each device. +GPIO properties should be named "[<name>-]gpios", with <name> being the purpose +of this GPIO for the device. While a non-existent <name> is considered valid +for compatibility reasons (resolving to the "gpios" property), it is not allowed +for new bindings. -For example, the following could be used to describe GPIO pins used -as chip select lines; with chip selects 0, 1 and 3 populated, and chip -select 2 left empty: +GPIO properties can contain one or more GPIO phandles, but only in exceptional +cases should they contain more than one. If your device uses several GPIOs with +distinct functions, reference each of them under its own property, giving it a +meaningful name. The only case where an array of GPIOs is accepted is when +several GPIOs serve the same function (e.g. a parallel data line). + +The exact purpose of each gpios property must be documented in the device tree +binding of the device. + +The following example could be used to describe GPIO pins used as device enable +and bit-banged data signals: gpio1: gpio1 { gpio-controller @@ -30,10 +39,12 @@ select 2 left empty: #gpio-cells = <1>; }; [...] - chipsel-gpios = <&gpio1 12 0>, - <&gpio1 13 0>, - <0>, /* holes are permitted, means no GPIO 2 */ - <&gpio2 2>; + + enable-gpios = <&gpio2 2>; + data-gpios = <&gpio1 12 0>, + <&gpio1 13 0>, + <&gpio1 14 0>, + <&gpio1 15 0>; Note that gpio-specifier length is controller dependent. In the above example, &gpio1 uses 2 cells to specify a gpio, while &gpio2 @@ -42,16 +53,17 @@ only uses one. gpio-specifier may encode: bank, pin position inside the bank, whether pin is open-drain and whether pin is logically inverted. Exact meaning of each specifier cell is controller specific, and must -be documented in the device tree binding for the device. +be documented in the device tree binding for the device. Use the macros +defined in include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h whenever possible: Example of a node using GPIOs: node { - gpios = <&qe_pio_e 18 0>; + enable-gpios = <&qe_pio_e 18 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; }; -In this example gpio-specifier is "18 0" and encodes GPIO pin number, -and GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller. +GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH is 0, so in this example gpio-specifier is "18 0" and encodes +GPIO pin number, and GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller. 1.1) GPIO specifier best practices ---------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt index a2c416bcbccc..89058d375b7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ Required properties: - bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted) - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. - interrupts : Interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ. - +- gpio-ranges : Interaction with the PINCTRL subsystem. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt index 941a26aa4322..38fb86f28ba2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt @@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,gpio-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible GPIO controller. - "renesas,gpio-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible GPIO controller. - "renesas,gpio-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible GPIO controller. - - "renesas,gpio-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) compatible GPIO controller. + - "renesas,gpio-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible GPIO controller. + - "renesas,gpio-r8a7793": for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible GPIO controller. + - "renesas,gpio-r8a7794": for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible GPIO controller. - "renesas,gpio-rcar": for generic R-Car GPIO controller. - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the GPIO diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt index b48f4ef31d93..4c32ef0b7db8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt @@ -191,6 +191,8 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel + - nvidia,ganged-mode: contains a phandle to a second DSI controller to gang + up with in order to support up to 8 data lanes - sor: serial output resource diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt index 2d150c311a05..c99eb34e640b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ STMicroelectronics stih4xx platforms number of clocks may depend of the SoC type. - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same order. - - hdmi,hpd-gpio: gpio id to detect if an hdmi cable is plugged or not. + - ddc: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing sti-hda: Required properties: @@ -83,6 +83,22 @@ sti-hda: - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same order. +sti-hqvdp: + must be a child of sti-display-subsystem + Required properties: + - compatible: "st,stih<chip>-hqvdp" + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + - clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend of the SoC type. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same + order. + - resets: resets to be used by the device + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: names of the resets listed in resets property in the same + order. + - st,vtg: phandle on vtg main device node. + Example: / { @@ -173,7 +189,6 @@ Example: interrupt-names = "irq"; clock-names = "pix", "tmds", "phy", "audio"; clocks = <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_HDMI>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_TMDS_HDMI>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_HDMI_REJECT_PLL>, <&clockgen_b1 CLK_S_PCM_0>; - hdmi,hpd-gpio = <&PIO2 5>; }; sti-hda@fe85a000 { @@ -184,6 +199,16 @@ Example: clocks = <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_HD>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_HDDAC>; }; }; + + sti-hqvdp@9c000000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-hqvdp"; + reg = <0x9C00000 0x100000>; + clock-names = "hqvdp", "pix_main"; + clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_MAIN_DISP>, <&clk_s_d2_flexgen CLK_PIX_MAIN_DISP>; + reset-names = "hqvdp"; + resets = <&softreset STIH407_HDQVDP_SOFTRESET>; + st,vtg = <&vtg_main>; + }; }; ... }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4ac5aaa2d024 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Atmel TRNG (True Random Number Generator) block + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g45-trng" +- reg : Offset and length of the register set of this block +- interrupts : the interrupt number for the TRNG block +- clocks: should contain the TRNG clk source + +Example: + +trng@fffcc000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-trng"; + reg = <0xfffcc000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <6 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 0>; + clocks = <&trng_clk>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt index 5199b0c8cf7a..fee26dc3e858 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt @@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ Optional properties : - i2c-sda-hold-time-ns : should contain the SDA hold time in nanoseconds. This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer. - - i2c-scl-falling-time : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds. + - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds. This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tLOW period. - - i2c-sda-falling-time : should contain the SDA falling time in nanoseconds. + - i2c-sda-falling-time-ns : should contain the SDA falling time in nanoseconds. This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tHIGH period. Example : diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b6461602dca5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +IMG Serial Control Bus (SCB) I2C Controller + +Required Properties: +- compatible: "img,scb-i2c" +- reg: Physical base address and length of controller registers +- interrupts: Interrupt number used by the controller +- clocks : Should contain a clock specifier for each entry in clock-names +- clock-names : Should contain the following entries: + "scb", for the SCB core clock. + "sys", for the system clock. +- clock-frequency: The I2C bus frequency in Hz +- #address-cells: Should be <1> +- #size-cells: Should be <0> + +Example: + +i2c@18100000 { + compatible = "img,scb-i2c"; + reg = <0x18100000 0x200>; + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&i2c0_clk>, <&system_clk>; + clock-names = "scb", "sys"; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt index 4a8513e44740..52d37fd8d3e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. The absence of the propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. +- dmas: A list of two dma specifiers, one for each entry in dma-names. +- dma-names: should contain "tx" and "rx". Examples: @@ -26,3 +28,12 @@ i2c@70038000 { /* HS-I2C on i.MX51 */ interrupts = <64>; clock-frequency = <400000>; }; + +i2c0: i2c@40066000 { /* i2c0 on vf610 */ + compatible = "fsl,vf610-i2c"; + reg = <0x40066000 0x1000>; + interrupts =<0 71 0x04>; + dmas = <&edma0 0 50>, + <&edma0 0 51>; + dma-names = "rx","tx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..682f9a6f766e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Amlogic Meson I2C controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: must be "amlogic,meson6-i2c" + - reg: physical address and length of the device registers + - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier + - clocks: clock for the device + - #address-cells: should be <1> + - #size-cells: should be <0> + +Optional properties: +- clock-frequency: the desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz; in + absence of this property the default value is used (100 kHz). + +Examples: + + i2c@c8100500 { + compatible = "amlogic,meson6-i2c"; + reg = <0xc8100500 0x20>; + interrupts = <0 92 1>; + clocks = <&clk81>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt index d2153ce36fa8..2bfc6e7ed094 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt @@ -2,6 +2,15 @@ Device tree configuration for Renesas IIC (sh_mobile) driver Required properties: - compatible : "renesas,iic-<soctype>". "renesas,rmobile-iic" as fallback + Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,iic-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6) + - "renesas,iic-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1) + - "renesas,iic-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) + - "renesas,iic-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) + - "renesas,iic-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H) + - "renesas,iic-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N) + - "renesas,iic-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) + - "renesas,iic-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5) - reg : address start and address range size of device - interrupts : interrupt of device - clocks : clock for device @@ -10,6 +19,11 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz. Default 100kHz if unset. +- dmas : Must contain a list of two references to DMA + specifiers, one for transmission, and one for + reception. +- dma-names : Must contain a list of two DMA names, "tx" and "rx". + Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See there. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index 605dcca5dbec..9f4e3824e71e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ adi,adt7473 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C adi,adt7475 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C adi,adt7476 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C adi,adt7490 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C +adi,adxl345 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer +adi,adxl346 Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer +adi,adxl34x Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer at,24c08 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,24c00 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,24c01 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) @@ -76,7 +79,12 @@ ovti,ov5642 OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI an pericom,pt7c4338 Real-time Clock Module plx,pex8648 48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch ramtron,24c64 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) +ricoh,r2025sd I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC +ricoh,r2221tl I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC ricoh,rs5c372a I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC +ricoh,rs5c372b I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC +ricoh,rv5c386 I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC +ricoh,rv5c387a I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC samsung,24ad0xd1 S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power) sii,s35390a 2-wire CMOS real-time clock st-micro,24c256 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4e36d6e2f7b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC current ADC + +QPNP PMIC current ADC (IADC) provides interface to clients to read current. +A 16 bit ADC is used for current measurements. IADC can measure the current +through an external resistor (channel 1) or internal (built-in) resistor +(channel 0). When using an external resistor it is to be described by +qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms property. + +IADC node: + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Should contain "qcom,spmi-iadc". + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: IADC base address and length in the SPMI PMIC register map + +- interrupts: + Usage: optional + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: End of ADC conversion. + +- qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Sense resister value in micro Ohm. + If not defined value of 10000 micro Ohms will be used. + +Example: + /* IADC node */ + pmic_iadc: iadc@3600 { + compatible = "qcom,spmi-iadc"; + reg = <0x3600 0x100>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x36 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms = <10000>; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; + }; + + /* IIO client node */ + bat { + io-channels = <&pmic_iadc 0>; + io-channel-names = "iadc"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt index 5d3ec1df226d..a9a5fe19ff2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Rockchip Successive Approximation Register (SAR) A/D Converter bindings Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "rockchip,saradc" +- compatible: Should be "rockchip,saradc" or "rockchip,rk3066-tsadc" - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt index 4b463904cba0..7d0a3009771b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap1106.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -Device tree bindings for Microchip CAP1106, 6 channel capacitive touch sensor +Device tree bindings for Microchip CAP11xx based capacitive touch sensors -The node for this driver must be a child of a I2C controller node, as the +The node for this device must be a child of a I2C controller node, as the device communication via I2C only. Required properties: - compatible: Must be "microchip,cap1106" + compatible: Must contain one of: + "microchip,cap1106" + "microchip,cap1126" + "microchip,cap1188" reg: The I2C slave address of the device. - Only 0x28 is valid. interrupts: Property describing the interrupt line the device's ALERT#/CM_IRQ# pin is connected to. @@ -26,6 +28,10 @@ Optional properties: Valid values are 1, 2, 4, and 8. By default, a gain of 1 is set. + microchip,irq-active-high: By default the interrupt pin is active low + open drain. This property allows using the active + high push-pull output. + linux,keycodes: Specifies an array of numeric keycode values to be used for the channels. If this property is omitted, KEY_A, KEY_B, etc are used as @@ -43,11 +49,11 @@ i2c_controller { autorepeat; microchip,sensor-gain = <2>; - linux,keycodes = <103 /* KEY_UP */ - 106 /* KEY_RIGHT */ - 108 /* KEY_DOWN */ - 105 /* KEY_LEFT */ - 109 /* KEY_PAGEDOWN */ - 104>; /* KEY_PAGEUP */ + linux,keycodes = <103>, /* KEY_UP */ + <106>, /* KEY_RIGHT */ + <108>, /* KEY_DOWN */ + <105>, /* KEY_LEFT */ + <109>, /* KEY_PAGEDOWN */ + <104>; /* KEY_PAGEUP */ }; } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ee3242c4ba67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Elantech I2C Touchpad + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "elan,ekth3000". +- reg: I2C address of the chip. +- interrupt-parent: a phandle for the interrupt controller (see interrupt + binding[0]). +- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected (see interrupt + binding[0]). + +Optional properties: +- wakeup-source: touchpad can be used as a wakeup source. +- pinctrl-names: should be "default" (see pinctrl binding [1]). +- pinctrl-0: a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the device (see + pinctrl binding [1]). +- vcc-supply: a phandle for the regulator supplying 3.3V power. + +[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + +Example: + &i2c1 { + /* ... */ + + touchpad@15 { + compatible = "elan,ekth3000"; + reg = <0x15>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + wakeup-source; + }; + + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a765232e6446 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Elantech I2C Touchscreen + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "elan,ekth3500". +- reg: I2C address of the chip. +- interrupt-parent: a phandle for the interrupt controller (see interrupt + binding[0]). +- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected (see interrupt + binding[0]). + +Optional properties: +- wakeup-source: touchscreen can be used as a wakeup source. +- pinctrl-names: should be "default" (see pinctrl binding [1]). +- pinctrl-0: a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the device (see + pinctrl binding [1]). + +[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + +Example: + &i2c1 { + /* ... */ + + touchscreen@10 { + compatible = "elan,ekth3500"; + reg = <0x10>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + wakeup-source; + }; + + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt index 5c2c02140a62..a4a38fcf2ed6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt @@ -10,10 +10,13 @@ Optional properties: Each button (key) is represented as a sub-node of "gpio-keys": Subnode properties: - - gpios: OF device-tree gpio specification. - label: Descriptive name of the key. - linux,code: Keycode to emit. +Required mutual exclusive subnode-properties: + - gpios: OF device-tree gpio specification. + - interrupts: the interrupt line for that input + Optional subnode-properties: - linux,input-type: Specify event type this button/key generates. If not specified defaults to <1> == EV_KEY. @@ -33,4 +36,9 @@ Example nodes: linux,code = <103>; gpios = <&gpio1 0 1>; }; + button@22 { + label = "GPIO Key DOWN"; + linux,code = <108>; + interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>; + }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5a65478e5d40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +MIPS Global Interrupt Controller (GIC) + +The MIPS GIC routes external interrupts to individual VPEs and IRQ pins. +It also supports local (per-processor) interrupts and software-generated +interrupts which can be used as IPIs. The GIC also includes a free-running +global timer, per-CPU count/compare timers, and a watchdog. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "mti,gic". +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt specifier. Should be 3. + - The first cell is the type of interrupt, local or shared. + See <include/dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.h>. + - The second cell is the GIC interrupt number. + - The third cell encodes the interrupt flags. + See <include/dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> for a list of valid + flags. + +Optional properties: +- reg : Base address and length of the GIC registers. If not present, + the base address reported by the hardware GCR_GIC_BASE will be used. +- mti,reserved-cpu-vectors : Specifies the list of CPU interrupt vectors + to which the GIC may not route interrupts. Valid values are 2 - 7. + This property is ignored if the CPU is started in EIC mode. + +Required properties for timer sub-node: +- compatible : Should be "mti,gic-timer". +- interrupts : Interrupt for the GIC local timer. +- clock-frequency : Clock frequency at which the GIC timers operate. + +Example: + + gic: interrupt-controller@1bdc0000 { + compatible = "mti,gic"; + reg = <0x1bdc0000 0x20000>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + + mti,reserved-cpu-vectors = <7>; + + timer { + compatible = "mti,gic-timer"; + interrupts = <GIC_LOCAL 1 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + clock-frequency = <50000000>; + }; + }; + + uart@18101400 { + ... + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 24 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9a55ac3735e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Rockchip IOMMU +============== + +A Rockchip DRM iommu translates io virtual addresses to physical addresses for +its master device. Each slave device is bound to a single master device, and +shares its clocks, power domain and irq. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "rockchip,iommu" +- reg : Address space for the configuration registers +- interrupts : Interrupt specifier for the IOMMU instance +- interrupt-names : Interrupt name for the IOMMU instance +- #iommu-cells : Should be <0>. This indicates the iommu is a + "single-master" device, and needs no additional information + to associate with its master device. See: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt + +Example: + + vopl_mmu: iommu@ff940300 { + compatible = "rockchip,iommu"; + reg = <0xff940300 0x100>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 16 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "vopl_mmu"; + #iommu-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aad38dd94d4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Texas Instruments - lp8860 4-Channel LED Driver + +The LP8860-Q1 is an high-efficiency LED +driver with boost controller. It has 4 high-precision +current sinks that can be controlled by a PWM input +signal, a SPI/I2C master, or both. + +Required properties: + - compatible: + "ti,lp8860" + - reg - I2C slave address + - label - Used for naming LEDs + +Optional properties: + - enable-gpio - gpio pin to enable/disable the device. + - supply - "vled" - LED supply + +Example: + +leds: leds@6 { + compatible = "ti,lp8860"; + reg = <0x2d>; + label = "display_cluster"; + enable-gpio = <&gpio1 28 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + vled-supply = <&vbatt>; +} + +For more product information please see the link below: +http://www.ti.com/product/lp8860-q1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d4e0141d3620 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +* Interrupt Controller + +Properties: +- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384-intc" + + Compatibility with BCM3384 and possibly other BCM33xx/BCM63xx SoCs. + +- reg: Address/length pairs for each mask/status register set. Length must + be 8. If multiple register sets are specified, the first set will + handle IRQ offsets 0..31, the second set 32..63, and so on. + +- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller. + +- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>. Just a simple IRQ offset; no level/edge + or polarity configuration is possible with this controller. + +- interrupt-parent: This controller is cascaded from a MIPS CPU HW IRQ, or + from another INTC. + +- interrupts: The IRQ on the parent controller. + +Example: + periph_intc: periph_intc@14e00038 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm3384-intc"; + + /* + * IRQs 0..31: mask reg 0x14e00038, status reg 0x14e0003c + * IRQs 32..63: mask reg 0x14e00340, status reg 0x14e00344 + */ + reg = <0x14e00038 0x8 0x14e00340 0x8>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>; + interrupts = <4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8ef71b4085ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +* Broadcom MIPS (BMIPS) CPUs + +Required properties: +- compatible: "brcm,bmips3300", "brcm,bmips4350", "brcm,bmips4380", + "brcm,bmips5000" + +- mips-hpt-frequency: This is common to all CPUs in the system so it lives + under the "cpus" node. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8a139cb3c0b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +* Broadcom cable/DSL platforms + +SoCs: + +Required properties: +- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384", "brcm,bcm33843" + +Boards: + +Required properties: +- compatible: "brcm,bcm93384wvg" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..452c45c7bf29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/usb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +* Broadcom USB controllers + +Required properties: +- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384-ohci", "brcm,bcm3384-ehci" + + These currently use the generic-ohci and generic-ehci drivers. On some + systems, special handling may be needed in the following cases: + + - Restoring state after systemwide power save modes + - Sharing PHYs with the USBD (UDC) hardware + - Figuring out which controllers are disabled on ASIC bondout variants diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt index 13aa4b62c62a..fc149f326dae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ MIPS CPU interrupt controller -On MIPS the mips_cpu_intc_init() helper can be used to initialize the 8 CPU +On MIPS the mips_cpu_irq_of_init() helper can be used to initialize the 8 CPU IRQs from a devicetree file and create a irq_domain for IRQ controller. With the irq_domain in place we can describe how the 8 IRQs are wired to the @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Example devicetree: Example platform irq.c: static struct of_device_id __initdata of_irq_ids[] = { - { .compatible = "mti,cpu-interrupt-controller", .data = mips_cpu_intc_init }, + { .compatible = "mti,cpu-interrupt-controller", .data = mips_cpu_irq_of_init }, { .compatible = "ralink,rt2880-intc", .data = intc_of_init }, {}, }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt index 6edc3b616e98..1fe6dde98499 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ Required properties: - reg : should specify localbus address and size used for the chip, and hardware ECC controller if available. If the hardware ECC is PMECC, it should contain address and size for - PMECC, PMECC Error Location controller and ROM which has lookup tables. + PMECC and PMECC Error Location controller. + The PMECC lookup table address and size in ROM is optional. If not + specified, driver will build it in runtime. - atmel,nand-addr-offset : offset for the address latch. - atmel,nand-cmd-offset : offset for the command latch. - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes @@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ Optional properties: are: 512, 1024. - atmel,pmecc-lookup-table-offset : includes two offsets of lookup table in ROM for different sector size. First one is for sector size 512, the next is for - sector size 1024. + sector size 1024. If not specified, driver will build the table in runtime. - nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8 - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false - Nand Flash Controller(NFC) is a slave driver under Atmel nand flash diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e13bfdbea5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +M-Systems and Sandisk DiskOnChip devices + +M-System DiskOnChip G3 +====================== +The Sandisk (formerly M-Systems) docg3 is a nand device of 64M to 256MB. + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "m-systems,diskonchip-g3" + - reg: register base and size + +Example: + docg3: flash@0 { + compatible = "m-systems,diskonchip-g3"; + reg = <0x0 0x2000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt index 36ef07d3c90f..af8915b41ccf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Required properties: are made in native endianness. - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes representing partitions. -- gpios : specifies the gpio pins to control the NAND device. nwp is an - optional gpio and may be set to 0 if not present. +- gpios : Specifies the GPIO pins to control the NAND device. The order of + GPIO references is: RDY, nCE, ALE, CLE, and an optional nWP. Optional properties: - bank-width : Width (in bytes) of the device. If not present, the width @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ gpio-nand@1,0 { reg = <1 0x0000 0x2>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; - gpios = <&banka 1 0 /* rdy */ - &banka 2 0 /* nce */ - &banka 3 0 /* ale */ - &banka 4 0 /* cle */ - 0 /* nwp */>; + gpios = <&banka 1 0>, /* RDY */ + <&banka 2 0>, /* nCE */ + <&banka 3 0>, /* ALE */ + <&banka 4 0>, /* CLE */ + <0>; /* nWP */ partition@0 { ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0273adb8638c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Allwinner NAND Flash Controller (NFC) + +Required properties: +- compatible : "allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand". +- reg : shall contain registers location and length for data and reg. +- interrupts : shall define the nand controller interrupt. +- #address-cells: shall be set to 1. Encode the nand CS. +- #size-cells : shall be set to 0. +- clocks : shall reference nand controller clocks. +- clock-names : nand controller internal clock names. Shall contain : + * "ahb" : AHB gating clock + * "mod" : nand controller clock + +Optional children nodes: +Children nodes represent the available nand chips. + +Optional properties: +- allwinner,rb : shall contain the native Ready/Busy ids. + or +- rb-gpios : shall contain the gpios used as R/B pins. +- nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "hw_syndrome", "soft", + "soft_bch" or "none") + +see Documentation/devicetree/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings. + + +Examples: +nfc: nand@01c03000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand"; + reg = <0x01c03000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 37 1>; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 13>, <&nand_clk>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&nand_pins_a &nand_cs0_pins_a &nand_rb0_pins_a>; + status = "okay"; + + nand@0 { + reg = <0>; + allwinner,rb = <0>; + nand-ecc-mode = "soft_bch"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..690d0a568ef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +AU Optronics Corporation 11.6" HD (1366x768) color TFT-LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "auo,b116xw03" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7da1d5c038ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +HannStar Display Corp. HSD070PWW1 7.0" WXGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "hannstar,hsd070pww1" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..04caaae19af6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Hitachi Ltd. Corporation 9" WVGA (800x480) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "hit,tx23d38vm0caa" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2743b07cd2f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Innolux Corporation 12.1" WXGA (1280x800) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "innolux,g121i1-l01" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f522bb8e47e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Sharp Microelectronics 10.1" WQXGA TFT LCD panel + +This panel requires a dual-channel DSI host to operate. It supports two modes: +- left-right: each channel drives the left or right half of the screen +- even-odd: each channel drives the even or odd lines of the screen + +Each of the DSI channels controls a separate DSI peripheral. The peripheral +driven by the first link (DSI-LINK1), left or even, is considered the primary +peripheral and controls the device. The 'link2' property contains a phandle +to the peripheral driven by the second link (DSI-LINK2, right or odd). + +Note that in video mode the DSI-LINK1 interface always provides the left/even +pixels and DSI-LINK2 always provides the right/odd pixels. In command mode it +is possible to program either link to drive the left/even or right/odd pixels +but for the sake of consistency this binding assumes that the same assignment +is chosen as for video mode. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "sharp,lq101r1sx01" +- reg: DSI virtual channel of the peripheral + +Required properties (for DSI-LINK1 only): +- link2: phandle to the DSI peripheral on the secondary link. Note that the + presence of this property marks the containing node as DSI-LINK1. +- power-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage + +Optional properties (for DSI-LINK1 only): +- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel + +Example: + + dsi@54300000 { + panel: panel@0 { + compatible = "sharp,lq101r1sx01"; + reg = <0>; + + link2 = <&secondary>; + + power-supply = <...>; + backlight = <...>; + }; + }; + + dsi@54400000 { + secondary: panel@0 { + compatible = "sharp,lq101r1sx01"; + reg = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt index 88f8c23384c0..c0155f842f62 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt @@ -2,7 +2,9 @@ Berlin SATA PHY --------------- Required properties: -- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin2q-sata-phy" +- compatible: should be one of + "marvell,berlin2-sata-phy" + "marvell,berlin2q-sata-phy" - address-cells: should be 1 - size-cells: should be 0 - phy-cells: from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..be33780f668e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +* Marvell Berlin USB PHY + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,berlin2-usb-phy" or "marvell,berlin2cd-usb-phy" +- reg: base address and length of the registers +- #phys-cells: should be 0 +- resets: reference to the reset controller + +Example: + + usb-phy@f774000 { + compatible = "marvell,berlin2-usb-phy"; + reg = <0xf774000 0x128>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + resets = <&chip 0x104 14>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46a135dae6b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +STMicroelectronics STi MIPHY28LP PHY binding +============================================ + +This binding describes a miphy device that is used to control PHY hardware +for SATA, PCIe or USB3. + +Required properties (controller (parent) node): +- compatible : Should be "st,miphy28lp-phy". +- st,syscfg : Should be a phandle of the system configuration register group + which contain the SATA, PCIe or USB3 mode setting bits. + +Required nodes : A sub-node is required for each channel the controller + provides. Address range information including the usual + 'reg' and 'reg-names' properties are used inside these + nodes to describe the controller's topology. These nodes + are translated by the driver's .xlate() function. + +Required properties (port (child) node): +- #phy-cells : Should be 1 (See second example) + Cell after port phandle is device type from: + - PHY_TYPE_SATA + - PHY_TYPE_PCI + - PHY_TYPE_USB3 +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. +- reg-names : The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers + filled in "reg". It can also contain the offset of the system configuration + registers used as glue-logic to setup the device for SATA/PCIe or USB3 + devices. +- resets : phandle to the parent reset controller. +- reset-names : Associated name must be "miphy-sw-rst". + +Optional properties (port (child) node): +- st,osc-rdy : to check the MIPHY0_OSC_RDY status in the glue-logic. This + is not available in all the MiPHY. For example, for STiH407, only the + MiPHY0 has this bit. +- st,osc-force-ext : to select the external oscillator. This can change from + different MiPHY inside the same SoC. +- st,sata_gen : to select which SATA_SPDMODE has to be set in the SATA system config + register. +- st,px_rx_pol_inv : to invert polarity of RXn/RXp (respectively negative line and positive + line). +- st,scc-on : enable ssc to reduce effects of EMI (only for sata or PCIe). +- st,tx-impedance-comp : to compensate tx impedance avoiding out of range values. + +example: + + miphy28lp_phy: miphy28lp@9b22000 { + compatible = "st,miphy28lp-phy"; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + phy_port0: port@9b22000 { + reg = <0x9b22000 0xff>, + <0x9b09000 0xff>, + <0x9b04000 0xff>, + <0x114 0x4>, /* sysctrl MiPHY cntrl */ + <0x818 0x4>, /* sysctrl MiPHY status*/ + <0xe0 0x4>, /* sysctrl PCIe */ + <0xec 0x4>; /* sysctrl SATA */ + reg-names = "sata-up", + "pcie-up", + "pipew", + "miphy-ctrl-glue", + "miphy-status-glue", + "pcie-glue", + "sata-glue"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + st,osc-rdy; + reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst"; + resets = <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY0_SOFTRESET>; + }; + + phy_port1: port@9b2a000 { + reg = <0x9b2a000 0xff>, + <0x9b19000 0xff>, + <0x9b14000 0xff>, + <0x118 0x4>, + <0x81c 0x4>, + <0xe4 0x4>, + <0xf0 0x4>; + reg-names = "sata-up", + "pcie-up", + "pipew", + "miphy-ctrl-glue", + "miphy-status-glue", + "pcie-glue", + "sata-glue"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + st,osc-force-ext; + reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst"; + resets = <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY1_SOFTRESET>; + }; + + phy_port2: port@8f95000 { + reg = <0x8f95000 0xff>, + <0x8f90000 0xff>, + <0x11c 0x4>, + <0x820 0x4>; + reg-names = "pipew", + "usb3-up", + "miphy-ctrl-glue", + "miphy-status-glue"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst"; + resets = <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY2_SOFTRESET>; + }; + }; + + +Specifying phy control of devices +================================= + +Device nodes should specify the configuration required in their "phys" +property, containing a phandle to the miphy device node and an index +specifying which configuration to use, as described in phy-bindings.txt. + +example: + sata0: sata@9b20000 { + ... + phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_SATA>; + ... + }; + +Macro definitions for the supported miphy configuration can be found in: + +include/dt-bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.h diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f95b6260a3b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* Marvell MVEBU SATA PHY + +Power control for the SATA phy found on Marvell MVEBU SoCs. + +This document extends the binding described in phy-bindings.txt + +Required properties : + + - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the SATA device + - compatible : Should be "marvell,mvebu-sata-phy" + - clocks : phandle of clock and specifier that supplies the device + - clock-names : Should be "sata" + +Example: + sata-phy@84000 { + compatible = "marvell,mvebu-sata-phy"; + reg = <0x84000 0x0334>; + clocks = <&gate_clk 15>; + clock-names = "sata"; + #phy-cells = <0>; + status = "ok"; + }; + +Armada 375 USB cluster +---------------------- + +Armada 375 comes with an USB2 host and device controller and an USB3 +controller. The USB cluster control register allows to manage common +features of both USB controllers. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "marvell,armada-375-usb-cluster" +- reg: Should contain usb cluster register location and length. +- #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1. Possible +values are 1 (USB2), 2 (USB3). + +Example: + usbcluster: usb-cluster@18400 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-375-usb-cluster"; + reg = <0x18400 0x4>; + #phy-cells = <1> + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt index 15e0f2c7130f..d5bad920827f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be set to one of the following supported values: - "samsung,exynos5250-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos5250 SoC, - "samsung,exynos5420-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos5420 SoC. + - "samsung,exynos7-usbdrd-phy" - for exynos7 SoC. - reg : Register offset and length of USB DRD PHY register set; - clocks: Clock IDs array as required by the controller - clock-names: names of clocks correseponding to IDs in the clock property; @@ -138,6 +139,11 @@ Required properties: PHY operations, associated by phy name. It is used to determine bit values for clock settings register. For Exynos5420 this is given as 'sclk_usbphy30' in CMU. + - optional clocks: Exynos7 SoC has now following additional + gate clocks available: + - phy_pipe: for PIPE3 phy + - phy_utmi: for UTMI+ phy + - itp: for ITP generation - samsung,pmu-syscon: phandle for PMU system controller interface, used to control pmu registers for power isolation. - #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..adbb5dc5b6e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +gpio-charger + +Required properties : + - compatible : "gpio-charger" + - gpios : GPIO indicating the charger presence. + See GPIO binding in bindings/gpio/gpio.txt . + - charger-type : power supply type, one of + unknown + battery + ups + mains + usb-sdp (USB standard downstream port) + usb-dcp (USB dedicated charging port) + usb-cdp (USB charging downstream port) + usb-aca (USB accessory charger adapter) + +Example: + + usb_charger: charger { + compatible = "gpio-charger"; + charger-type = "usb-sdp"; + gpios = <&gpf0 2 0 0 0>; + } + + battery { + power-supplies = <&usb_charger>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..edeea160ca39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +============================================================================= +Freescale Frame Manager Device Bindings + +CONTENTS + - FMan Node + - FMan Port Node + - FMan MURAM Node + - FMan dTSEC/XGEC/mEMAC Node + - FMan IEEE 1588 Node + - Example + +============================================================================= +FMan Node + +DESCRIPTION + +Due to the fact that the FMan is an aggregation of sub-engines (ports, MACs, +etc.) the FMan node will have child nodes for each of them. + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must include "fsl,fman" + FMan version can be determined via FM_IP_REV_1 register in the + FMan block. The offset is 0xc4 from the beginning of the + Frame Processing Manager memory map (0xc3000 from the + beginning of the FMan node). + +- cell-index + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Specifies the index of the FMan unit. + + The cell-index value may be used by the SoC, to identify the + FMan unit in the SoC memory map. In the table bellow, + there's a description of the cell-index use in each SoC: + + - P1023: + register[bit] FMan unit cell-index + ============================================================ + DEVDISR[1] 1 0 + + - P2041, P3041, P4080 P5020, P5040: + register[bit] FMan unit cell-index + ============================================================ + DCFG_DEVDISR2[6] 1 0 + DCFG_DEVDISR2[14] 2 1 + (Second FM available only in P4080 and P5040) + + - B4860, T1040, T2080, T4240: + register[bit] FMan unit cell-index + ============================================================ + DCFG_CCSR_DEVDISR2[24] 1 0 + DCFG_CCSR_DEVDISR2[25] 2 1 + (Second FM available only in T4240) + + DEVDISR, DCFG_DEVDISR2 and DCFG_CCSR_DEVDISR2 are located in + the specific SoC "Device Configuration/Pin Control" Memory + Map. + +- reg + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A standard property. Specifies the offset of the + following configuration registers: + - BMI configuration registers. + - QMI configuration registers. + - DMA configuration registers. + - FPM configuration registers. + - FMan controller configuration registers. + +- ranges + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A standard property. + +- clocks + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: phandle for the fman input clock. + +- clock-names + usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: "fmanclk" for the fman input clock. + +- interrupts + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A pair of IRQs are specified in this property. + The first element is associated with the event interrupts and + the second element is associated with the error interrupts. + +- fsl,qman-channel-range + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Specifies the range of the available dedicated + channels in the FMan. The first cell specifies the beginning + of the range and the second cell specifies the number of + channels. + Further information available at: + "Work Queue (WQ) Channel Assignments in the QMan" section + in DPAA Reference Manual. + +- fsl,qman +- fsl,bman + Usage: required + Definition: See soc/fsl/qman.txt and soc/fsl/bman.txt + +============================================================================= +FMan MURAM Node + +DESCRIPTION + +FMan Internal memory - shared between all the FMan modules. +It contains data structures that are common and written to or read by +the modules. +FMan internal memory is split into the following parts: + Packet buffering (Tx/Rx FIFOs) + Frames internal context + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must include "fsl,fman-muram" + +- ranges + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A standard property. + Specifies the multi-user memory offset and the size within + the FMan. + +EXAMPLE + +muram@0 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-muram"; + ranges = <0 0x000000 0x28000>; +}; + +============================================================================= +FMan Port Node + +DESCRIPTION + +The Frame Manager (FMan) supports several types of hardware ports: + Ethernet receiver (RX) + Ethernet transmitter (TX) + Offline/Host command (O/H) + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: A standard property. + Must include one of the following: + - "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh" for FManV2 OH ports + - "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx" for FManV2 RX ports + - "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx" for FManV2 TX ports + - "fsl,fman-v3-port-oh" for FManV3 OH ports + - "fsl,fman-v3-port-rx" for FManV3 RX ports + - "fsl,fman-v3-port-tx" for FManV3 TX ports + +- cell-index + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Specifies the hardware port id. + Each hardware port on the FMan has its own hardware PortID. + Super set of all hardware Port IDs available at FMan Reference + Manual under "FMan Hardware Ports in Freescale Devices" table. + + Each hardware port is assigned a 4KB, port-specific page in + the FMan hardware port memory region (which is part of the + FMan memory map). The first 4 KB in the FMan hardware ports + memory region is used for what are called common registers. + The subsequent 63 4KB pages are allocated to the hardware + ports. + The page of a specific port is determined by the cell-index. + +- reg + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: There is one reg region describing the port + configuration registers. + +EXAMPLE + +port@a8000 { + cell-index = <0x28>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xa8000 0x1000>; +}; + +port@88000 { + cell-index = <0x8>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x88000 0x1000>; +}; + +port@81000 { + cell-index = <0x1>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh"; + reg = <0x81000 0x1000>; +}; + +============================================================================= +FMan dTSEC/XGEC/mEMAC Node + +DESCRIPTION + +mEMAC/dTSEC/XGEC are the Ethernet network interfaces + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: A standard property. + Must include one of the following: + - "fsl,fman-dtsec" for dTSEC MAC + - "fsl,fman-xgec" for XGEC MAC + - "fsl,fman-memac for mEMAC MAC + +- cell-index + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Specifies the MAC id. + + The cell-index value may be used by the FMan or the SoC, to + identify the MAC unit in the FMan (or SoC) memory map. + In the tables bellow there's a description of the cell-index + use, there are two tables, one describes the use of cell-index + by the FMan, the second describes the use by the SoC: + + 1. FMan Registers + + FManV2: + register[bit] MAC cell-index + ============================================================ + FM_EPI[16] XGEC 8 + FM_EPI[16+n] dTSECn n-1 + FM_NPI[11+n] dTSECn n-1 + n = 1,..,5 + + FManV3: + register[bit] MAC cell-index + ============================================================ + FM_EPI[16+n] mEMACn n-1 + FM_EPI[25] mEMAC10 9 + + FM_NPI[11+n] mEMACn n-1 + FM_NPI[10] mEMAC10 9 + FM_NPI[11] mEMAC9 8 + n = 1,..8 + + FM_EPI and FM_NPI are located in the FMan memory map. + + 2. SoC registers: + + - P2041, P3041, P4080 P5020, P5040: + register[bit] FMan MAC cell + Unit index + ============================================================ + DCFG_DEVDISR2[7] 1 XGEC 8 + DCFG_DEVDISR2[7+n] 1 dTSECn n-1 + DCFG_DEVDISR2[15] 2 XGEC 8 + DCFG_DEVDISR2[15+n] 2 dTSECn n-1 + n = 1,..5 + + - T1040, T2080, T4240, B4860: + register[bit] FMan MAC cell + Unit index + ============================================================ + DCFG_CCSR_DEVDISR2[n-1] 1 mEMACn n-1 + DCFG_CCSR_DEVDISR2[11+n] 2 mEMACn n-1 + n = 1,..6,9,10 + + EVDISR, DCFG_DEVDISR2 and DCFG_CCSR_DEVDISR2 are located in + the specific SoC "Device Configuration/Pin Control" Memory + Map. + +- reg + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A standard property. + +- fsl,fman-ports + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: An array of two phandles - the first references is + the FMan RX port and the second is the TX port used by this + MAC. + +- ptp-timer + Usage required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: A phandle for 1EEE1588 timer. + +EXAMPLE + +fman1_tx28: port@a8000 { + cell-index = <0x28>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xa8000 0x1000>; +}; + +fman1_rx8: port@88000 { + cell-index = <0x8>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x88000 0x1000>; +}; + +ptp-timer: ptp_timer@fe000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-ptp-timer"; + reg = <0xfe000 0x1000>; +}; + +ethernet@e0000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-dtsec"; + cell-index = <0>; + reg = <0xe0000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx8 &fman1_tx28>; + ptp-timer = <&ptp-timer>; +}; + +============================================================================ +FMan IEEE 1588 Node + +DESCRIPTION + +The FMan interface to support IEEE 1588 + + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: A standard property. + Must include "fsl,fman-ptp-timer". + +- reg + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A standard property. + +EXAMPLE + +ptp-timer@fe000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-ptp-timer"; + reg = <0xfe000 0x1000>; +}; + +============================================================================= +Example + +fman@400000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + cell-index = <1>; + compatible = "fsl,fman" + ranges = <0 0x400000 0x100000>; + reg = <0x400000 0x100000>; + clocks = <&fman_clk>; + clock-names = "fmanclk"; + interrupts = < + 96 2 0 0 + 16 2 1 1>; + fsl,qman-channel-range = <0x40 0xc>; + + muram@0 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-muram"; + reg = <0x0 0x28000>; + }; + + port@81000 { + cell-index = <1>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh"; + reg = <0x81000 0x1000>; + }; + + port@82000 { + cell-index = <2>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh"; + reg = <0x82000 0x1000>; + }; + + port@83000 { + cell-index = <3>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh"; + reg = <0x83000 0x1000>; + }; + + port@84000 { + cell-index = <4>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh"; + reg = <0x84000 0x1000>; + }; + + port@85000 { + cell-index = <5>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh"; + reg = <0x85000 0x1000>; + }; + + port@86000 { + cell-index = <6>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-oh"; + reg = <0x86000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_rx_0x8: port@88000 { + cell-index = <0x8>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x88000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_rx_0x9: port@89000 { + cell-index = <0x9>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x89000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_rx_0xa: port@8a000 { + cell-index = <0xa>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x8a000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_rx_0xb: port@8b000 { + cell-index = <0xb>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x8b000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_rx_0xc: port@8c000 { + cell-index = <0xc>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x8c000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_rx_0x10: port@90000 { + cell-index = <0x10>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-rx"; + reg = <0x90000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_tx_0x28: port@a8000 { + cell-index = <0x28>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xa8000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_tx_0x29: port@a9000 { + cell-index = <0x29>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xa9000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_tx_0x2a: port@aa000 { + cell-index = <0x2a>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xaa000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_tx_0x2b: port@ab000 { + cell-index = <0x2b>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xab000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_tx_0x2c: port@ac0000 { + cell-index = <0x2c>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xac000 0x1000>; + }; + + fman1_tx_0x30: port@b0000 { + cell-index = <0x30>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-v2-port-tx"; + reg = <0xb0000 0x1000>; + }; + + ethernet@e0000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-dtsec"; + cell-index = <0>; + reg = <0xe0000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0x8 &fman1_tx_0x28>; + }; + + ethernet@e2000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-dtsec"; + cell-index = <1>; + reg = <0xe2000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0x9 &fman1_tx_0x29>; + }; + + ethernet@e4000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-dtsec"; + cell-index = <2>; + reg = <0xe4000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0xa &fman1_tx_0x2a>; + }; + + ethernet@e6000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-dtsec"; + cell-index = <3>; + reg = <0xe6000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0xb &fman1_tx_0x2b>; + }; + + ethernet@e8000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-dtsec"; + cell-index = <4>; + reg = <0xf0000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0xc &fman1_tx_0x2c>; + + ethernet@f0000 { + cell-index = <8>; + compatible = "fsl,fman-xgec"; + reg = <0xf0000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0x10 &fman1_tx_0x30>; + }; + + ptp-timer@fe000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-ptp-timer"; + reg = <0xfe000 0x1000>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cfda0d57d302 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Atmel's HLCDC (High-end LCD Controller) PWM driver + +The Atmel HLCDC PWM is subdevice of the HLCDC MFD device. +See ../mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt for more details. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value should be one of the following: + "atmel,hlcdc-pwm" + - pinctr-names: the pin control state names. Should contain "default". + - pinctrl-0: should contain the pinctrl states described by pinctrl + default. + - #pwm-cells: should be set to 3. This PWM chip use the default 3 cells + bindings defined in pwm.txt in this directory. + +Example: + + hlcdc: hlcdc@f0030000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-hlcdc"; + reg = <0xf0030000 0x2000>; + clocks = <&lcdc_clk>, <&lcdck>, <&clk32k>; + clock-names = "periph_clk","sys_clk", "slow_clk"; + + hlcdc_pwm: hlcdc-pwm { + compatible = "atmel,hlcdc-pwm"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lcd_pwm>; + #pwm-cells = <3>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fb6fb31bc4c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +BCM2835 PWM controller (Raspberry Pi controller) + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm2835-pwm" +- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers +- clock: This clock defines the base clock frequency of the PWM hardware + system, the period and the duty_cycle of the PWM signal is a multiple of + the base period. +- #pwm-cells: Should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of + the cells format. + +Examples: + +pwm@2020c000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-pwm"; + reg = <0x2020c000 0x28>; + clocks = <&clk_pwm>; + #pwm-cells = <2>; +}; + +clocks { + .... + clk_pwm: pwm { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + reg = <3>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <9200000>; + }; + .... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-opal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-opal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..af87e5ecac54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-opal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +IBM OPAL real-time clock +------------------------ + +Required properties: +- comapatible: Should be "ibm,opal-rtc" + +Optional properties: +- has-tpo: Decides if the wakeup is supported or not. + +Example: + rtc { + compatible = "ibm,opal-rtc"; + has-tpo; + phandle = <0x10000029>; + linux,phandle = <0x10000029>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5c52e5eef16d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* BCM63xx UART + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "brcm,bcm6345-uart" + +- reg: The base address of the UART register bank. + +- interrupts: A single interrupt specifier. + +- clocks: Clock driving the hardware; used to figure out the baud rate + divisor. + +Example: + + uart0: serial@14e00520 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6345-uart"; + reg = <0x14e00520 0x18>; + interrupt-parent = <&periph_intc>; + interrupts = <2>; + clocks = <&periph_clk>; + }; + + clocks { + periph_clk: periph_clk@0 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <54000000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt index 59a40f18d551..7c408c87e613 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt @@ -11,8 +11,13 @@ Required properties: - dma-names: "rx" for RX channel, "tx" for TX channel. Optional properties: -- fsl,uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the UART has RTS and CTS lines, +- fsl,uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the UART has RTS and CTS lines + for hardware flow control, it also means you enable the DMA support for this UART. +- {rts,cts,dtr,dsr,rng,dcd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for RTS/CTS/DTR/DSR/RI/DCD + line respectively. It will use specified PIO instead of the peripheral + function pin for the USART feature. + If unsure, don't specify this property. Example: auart0: serial@8006a000 { @@ -21,6 +26,9 @@ auart0: serial@8006a000 { interrupts = <112>; dmas = <&dma_apbx 8>, <&dma_apbx 9>; dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + cts-gpios = <&gpio1 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + dsr-gpios = <&gpio1 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + dcd-gpios = <&gpio1 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; }; Note: Each auart port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt index 8c4fd0332028..b52b98234b9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: - "ns16850" - "nvidia,tegra20-uart" - "nxp,lpc3220-uart" + - "ralink,rt2880-uart" - "ibm,qpace-nwp-serial" - "altr,16550-FIFO32" - "altr,16550-FIFO64" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt index 52464918cfe2..ba3ecb8cb5a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt @@ -6,23 +6,35 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier Optional properties: -- pinctrl: When present, must have one state named "default", +- pinctrl: + When present, must have one state named "default", and may contain a second name named "sleep". The former state sets up pins for ordinary operation whereas the latter state will put the associated pins to sleep when the UART is unused -- clocks: When present, the first clock listed must correspond to +- clocks: + When present, the first clock listed must correspond to the clock named UARTCLK on the IP block, i.e. the clock to the external serial line, whereas the second clock must correspond to the PCLK clocking the internal logic of the block. Just listing one clock (the first one) is deprecated. -- clocks-names: When present, the first clock listed must be named +- clocks-names: + When present, the first clock listed must be named "uartclk" and the second clock listed must be named "apb_pclk" -- dmas: When present, may have one or two dma channels. +- dmas: + When present, may have one or two dma channels. The first one must be named "rx", the second one must be named "tx". +- auto-poll: + Enables polling when using RX DMA. +- poll-rate-ms: + Rate at which poll occurs when auto-poll is set, + default 100ms. +- poll-timeout-ms: + Poll timeout when auto-poll is set, default + 3000ms. See also bindings/arm/primecell.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt index ffa5b784c66e..a2114c217376 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt @@ -27,27 +27,52 @@ Optional properties: - dmas: Should contain dma specifiers for transmit and receive channels - dma-names: Should contain "tx" for transmit and "rx" for receive channels +Note: Aliases may be defined to ensure the correct ordering of the UARTs. +The alias serialN will result in the UART being assigned port N. If any +serialN alias exists, then an alias must exist for each enabled UART. The +serialN aliases should be in a .dts file instead of in a .dtsi file. + Examples: -A uartdm v1.4 device with dma capabilities. - -serial@f991e000 { - compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.4", "qcom,msm-uartdm"; - reg = <0xf991e000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 108 0x0>; - clocks = <&blsp1_uart2_apps_cxc>, <&blsp1_ahb_cxc>; - clock-names = "core", "iface"; - dmas = <&dma0 0>, <&dma0 1>; - dma-names = "tx", "rx"; -}; - -A uartdm v1.3 device without dma capabilities and part of a GSBI complex. - -serial@19c40000 { - compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.3", "qcom,msm-uartdm"; - reg = <0x19c40000 0x1000>, - <0x19c00000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 195 0x0>; - clocks = <&gsbi5_uart_cxc>, <&gsbi5_ahb_cxc>; - clock-names = "core", "iface"; -}; +- A uartdm v1.4 device with dma capabilities. + + serial@f991e000 { + compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.4", "qcom,msm-uartdm"; + reg = <0xf991e000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 108 0x0>; + clocks = <&blsp1_uart2_apps_cxc>, <&blsp1_ahb_cxc>; + clock-names = "core", "iface"; + dmas = <&dma0 0>, <&dma0 1>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + }; + +- A uartdm v1.3 device without dma capabilities and part of a GSBI complex. + + serial@19c40000 { + compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.3", "qcom,msm-uartdm"; + reg = <0x19c40000 0x1000>, + <0x19c00000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 195 0x0>; + clocks = <&gsbi5_uart_cxc>, <&gsbi5_ahb_cxc>; + clock-names = "core", "iface"; + }; + +- serialN alias. + + aliases { + serial0 = &uarta; + serial1 = &uartc; + serial2 = &uartb; + }; + + uarta: serial@12490000 { + status = "ok"; + }; + + uartb: serial@16340000 { + status = "ok"; + }; + + uartc: serial@1a240000 { + status = "ok"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index b3556609a06f..ae73bb0e9ad9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -4,8 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Must contain one of the following: - - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART. - - "renesas,scifb-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFB compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r7s72100" for R7S72100 (RZ/A1H) SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa-r8a73a4" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-r8a73a4" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa-r8a7740" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) SCIFA compatible UART. @@ -20,6 +19,12 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,scifa-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifa-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIFA compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifb-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIFB compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifb-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,scif" for generic SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa" for generic SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb" for generic SCIFB compatible UART. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt index a2dfc6522a91..3acdd969edf1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ * CSR SiRFprimaII/atlasVI Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter * Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart" or "sirf, prima2-usp-uart" +- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart", "sirf, prima2-usp-uart", + "sirf,marco-uart" or "sirf,marco-bt-uart" which means + uart located in BT module and used for BT. - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt - fifosize : Should define hardware rx/tx fifo size @@ -31,3 +33,15 @@ usp@b0090000 { rts-gpios = <&gpio 15 0>; cts-gpios = <&gpio 46 0>; }; + +for uart use in BT module, +uart6: uart@11000000 { + cell-index = <6>; + compatible = "sirf,marco-bt-uart", "sirf,marco-uart"; + reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 100 0>; + clocks = <&clks 138>, <&clks 140>, <&clks 141>; + clock-names = "uart", "general", "noc"; + fifosize = <128>; + status = "disabled"; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman-portals.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman-portals.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2a00e14e11e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman-portals.txt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +QorIQ DPAA Buffer Manager Portals Device Tree Binding + +Copyright (C) 2008 - 2014 Freescale Semiconductor Inc. + +CONTENTS + + - BMan Portal + - Example + +BMan Portal Node + +Portals are memory mapped interfaces to BMan that allow low-latency, lock-less +interaction by software running on processor cores, accelerators and network +interfaces with the BMan + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: Required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must include "fsl,bman-portal-<hardware revision>" + May include "fsl,<SoC>-bman-portal" or "fsl,bman-portal" + +- reg + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Two regions. The first is the cache-enabled region of + the portal. The second is the cache-inhibited region of + the portal + +- interrupts + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Standard property + +EXAMPLE + +The example below shows a (P4080) BMan portals container/bus node with two portals + + bman-portals@ff4000000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "simple-bus"; + ranges = <0 0xf 0xf4000000 0x200000>; + + bman-portal@0 { + compatible = "fsl,bman-portal-1.0.0", "fsl,bman-portal"; + reg = <0x0 0x4000>, <0x100000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <105 2 0 0>; + }; + bman-portal@4000 { + compatible = "fsl,bman-portal-1.0.0", "fsl,bman-portal"; + reg = <0x4000 0x4000>, <0x101000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <107 2 0 0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9f80bf8709ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +QorIQ DPAA Buffer Manager Device Tree Bindings + +Copyright (C) 2008 - 2014 Freescale Semiconductor Inc. + +CONTENTS + + - BMan Node + - BMan Private Memory Node + - Example + +BMan Node + +The Buffer Manager is part of the Data-Path Acceleration Architecture (DPAA). +BMan supports hardware allocation and deallocation of buffers belonging to pools +originally created by software with configurable depletion thresholds. This +binding covers the CCSR space programming model + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: Required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must include "fsl,bman" + May include "fsl,<SoC>-bman" + +- reg + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Registers region within the CCSR address space + +The BMan revision information is located in the BMAN_IP_REV_1/2 registers which +are located at offsets 0xbf8 and 0xbfc + +- interrupts + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Standard property. The error interrupt + +- fsl,liodn + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: PAMU property used for static LIODN assignment + +- fsl,iommu-parent + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: PAMU property used for dynamic LIODN assignment + + For additional details about the PAMU/LIODN binding(s) see pamu.txt + +Devices connected to a BMan instance via Direct Connect Portals (DCP) must link +to the respective BMan instance + +- fsl,bman + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Description: List of phandle and DCP index pairs, to the BMan instance + to which this device is connected via the DCP + +BMan Private Memory Node + +BMan requires a contiguous range of physical memory used for the backing store +for BMan Free Buffer Proxy Records (FBPR). This memory is reserved/allocated as a +node under the /reserved-memory node + +The BMan FBPR memory node must be named "bman-fbpr" + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must inclide "fsl,bman-fbpr" + +The following constraints are relevant to the FBPR private memory: + - The size must be 2^(size + 1), with size = 11..33. That is 4 KiB to + 16 GiB + - The alignment must be a muliptle of the memory size + +The size of the FBPR must be chosen by observing the hardware features configured +via the Reset Configuration Word (RCW) and that are relevant to a specific board +(e.g. number of MAC(s) pinned-out, number of offline/host command FMan ports, +etc.). The size configured in the DT must reflect the hardware capabilities and +not the specific needs of an application + +For additional details about reserved memory regions see reserved-memory.txt + +EXAMPLE + +The example below shows a BMan FBPR dynamic allocation memory node + + reserved-memory { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; + + bman_fbpr: bman-fbpr { + compatible = "fsl,bman-fbpr"; + alloc-ranges = <0 0 0xf 0xffffffff>; + size = <0 0x1000000>; + alignment = <0 0x1000000>; + }; + }; + +The example below shows a (P4080) BMan CCSR-space node + + crypto@300000 { + ... + fsl,bman = <&bman, 2>; + ... + }; + + bman: bman@31a000 { + compatible = "fsl,bman"; + reg = <0x31a000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <16 2 1 2>; + fsl,liodn = <0x17>; + memory-region = <&bman_fbpr>; + }; + + fman@400000 { + ... + fsl,bman = <&bman, 0>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..48c4dae5d6f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +QorIQ DPAA Queue Manager Portals Device Tree Binding + +Copyright (C) 2008 - 2014 Freescale Semiconductor Inc. + +CONTENTS + + - QMan Portal + - QMan Pool Channel + - Example + +QMan Portal Node + +Portals are memory mapped interfaces to QMan that allow low-latency, lock-less +interaction by software running on processor cores, accelerators and network +interfaces with the QMan + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: Required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must include "fsl,qman-portal-<hardware revision>" + May include "fsl,<SoC>-qman-portal" or "fsl,qman-portal" + +- reg + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Two regions. The first is the cache-enabled region of + the portal. The second is the cache-inhibited region of + the portal + +- interrupts + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Standard property + +- fsl,liodn + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Two LIODN(s). DQRR LIODN (DLIODN) and Frame LIODN + (FLIODN) + +- fsl,iommu-parent + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: PAMU property used for dynamic LIODN assignment + + For additional details about the PAMU/LIODN binding(s) see pamu.txt + +- fsl,qman-channel-id + Usage: Required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: The hardware index of the channel. This can also be + determined by dividing any of the channel's 8 work queue + IDs by 8 + +In addition to these properties the qman-portals should have sub-nodes to +represent the HW devices/portals that are connected to the software portal +described here + +The currently supported sub-nodes are: + * fman0 + * fman1 + * pme + * crypto + +These subnodes should have the following properties: + +- fsl,liodn + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: PAMU property used for static LIODN assignment + +- fsl,iommu-parent + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: PAMU property used for dynamic LIODN assignment + +- dev-handle + Usage: Required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: The phandle to the particular hardware device that this + portal is connected to. + +DPAA QMan Pool Channel Nodes + +Pool Channels are defined with the following properties. + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: Required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must include "fsl,qman-pool-channel" + May include "fsl,<SoC>-qman-pool-channel" + +- fsl,qman-channel-id + Usage: Required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: The hardware index of the channel. This can also be + determined by dividing any of the channel's 8 work queue + IDs by 8 + +EXAMPLE + +The example below shows a (P4080) QMan portals container/bus node with two portals + + qman-portals@ff4200000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "simple-bus"; + ranges = <0 0xf 0xf4200000 0x200000>; + + qman-portal@0 { + compatible = "fsl,qman-portal-1.2.0", "fsl,qman-portal"; + reg = <0 0x4000>, <0x100000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <104 2 0 0>; + fsl,liodn = <1 2>; + fsl,qman-channel-id = <0>; + + fman0 { + fsl,liodn = <0x21>; + dev-handle = <&fman0>; + }; + fman1 { + fsl,liodn = <0xa1>; + dev-handle = <&fman1>; + }; + crypto { + fsl,liodn = <0x41 0x66>; + dev-handle = <&crypto>; + }; + }; + qman-portal@4000 { + compatible = "fsl,qman-portal-1.2.0", "fsl,qman-portal"; + reg = <0x4000 0x4000>, <0x101000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <106 2 0 0>; + fsl,liodn = <3 4>; + fsl,qman-channel-id = <1>; + + fman0 { + fsl,liodn = <0x22>; + dev-handle = <&fman0>; + }; + fman1 { + fsl,liodn = <0xa2>; + dev-handle = <&fman1>; + }; + crypto { + fsl,liodn = <0x42 0x67>; + dev-handle = <&crypto>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..063e3a0b9d04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +QorIQ DPAA Queue Manager Device Tree Binding + +Copyright (C) 2008 - 2014 Freescale Semiconductor Inc. + +CONTENTS + + - QMan Node + - QMan Private Memory Nodes + - Example + +QMan Node + +The Queue Manager is part of the Data-Path Acceleration Architecture (DPAA). QMan +supports queuing and QoS scheduling of frames to CPUs, network interfaces and +DPAA logic modules, maintains packet ordering within flows. Besides providing +flow-level queuing, is also responsible for congestion management functions such +as RED/WRED, congestion notifications and tail discards. This binding covers the +CCSR space programming model + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: Required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must include "fsl,qman" + May include "fsl,<SoC>-qman" + +- reg + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Registers region within the CCSR address space + +The QMan revision information is located in the QMAN_IP_REV_1/2 registers which +are located at offsets 0xbf8 and 0xbfc + +- interrupts + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Standard property. The error interrupt + +- fsl,liodn + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: PAMU property used for static LIODN assignment + +- fsl,iommu-parent + Usage: See pamu.txt + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: PAMU property used for dynamic LIODN assignment + + For additional details about the PAMU/LIODN binding(s) see pamu.txt + +- clocks + Usage: See clock-bindings.txt and qoriq-clock.txt + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Reference input clock. Its frequency is half of the + platform clock + +Devices connected to a QMan instance via Direct Connect Portals (DCP) must link +to the respective QMan instance + +- fsl,qman + Usage: Required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Description: List of phandle and DCP index pairs, to the QMan instance + to which this device is connected via the DCP + +QMan Private Memory Nodes + +QMan requires two contiguous range of physical memory used for the backing store +for QMan Frame Queue Descriptor (FQD) and Packed Frame Descriptor Record (PFDR). +This memory is reserved/allocated as a nodes under the /reserved-memory node + +The QMan FQD memory node must be named "qman-fqd" + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must inclide "fsl,qman-fqd" + +The QMan PFDR memory node must be named "qman-pfdr" + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Must inclide "fsl,qman-pfdr" + +The following constraints are relevant to the FQD and PFDR private memory: + - The size must be 2^(size + 1), with size = 11..29. That is 4 KiB to + 1 GiB + - The alignment must be a muliptle of the memory size + +The size of the FQD and PFDP must be chosen by observing the hardware features +configured via the Reset Configuration Word (RCW) and that are relevant to a +specific board (e.g. number of MAC(s) pinned-out, number of offline/host command +FMan ports, etc.). The size configured in the DT must reflect the hardware +capabilities and not the specific needs of an application + +For additional details about reserved memory regions see reserved-memory.txt + +EXAMPLE + +The example below shows a QMan FQD and a PFDR dynamic allocation memory nodes + + reserved-memory { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; + + qman_fqd: qman-fqd { + compatible = "fsl,qman-fqd"; + alloc-ranges = <0 0 0xf 0xffffffff>; + size = <0 0x400000>; + alignment = <0 0x400000>; + }; + qman_pfdr: qman-pfdr { + compatible = "fsl,qman-pfdr"; + alloc-ranges = <0 0 0xf 0xffffffff>; + size = <0 0x2000000>; + alignment = <0 0x2000000>; + }; + }; + +The example below shows a (P4080) QMan CCSR-space node + + clockgen: global-utilities@e1000 { + ... + sysclk: sysclk { + ... + }; + ... + platform_pll: platform-pll@c00 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + reg = <0xc00 0x4>; + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-platform-pll-1.0"; + clocks = <&sysclk>; + clock-output-names = "platform-pll", "platform-pll-div2"; + }; + ... + }; + + crypto@300000 { + ... + fsl,qman = <&qman, 2>; + ... + }; + + qman: qman@318000 { + compatible = "fsl,qman"; + reg = <0x318000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <16 2 1 3> + fsl,liodn = <0x16>; + memory-region = <&qman_fqd &qman_pfdr>; + clocks = <&platform_pll 1>; + }; + + fman@400000 { + ... + fsl,qman = <&qman, 0>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt index 4cf024929a3f..4698e0edc205 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt @@ -5,17 +5,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be set to one of the following: marvell,armada370-thermal marvell,armada375-thermal - marvell,armada375-z1-thermal marvell,armada380-thermal marvell,armadaxp-thermal - Note: As the name suggests, "marvell,armada375-z1-thermal" - applies for the SoC Z1 stepping only. On such stepping - some quirks need to be done and the register offset differs - from the one in the A0 stepping. - The operating system may auto-detect the SoC stepping and - update the compatible and register offsets at runtime. - - reg: Device's register space. Two entries are expected, see the examples below. The first one is required for the sensor register; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ef802de4957a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +* Temperature Sensor ADC (TSADC) on rockchip SoCs + +Required properties: +- compatible : "rockchip,rk3288-tsadc" +- reg : physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts : The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format + depends on the interrupt controller. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names : Shall be "tsadc" for the converter-clock, and "apb_pclk" for + the peripheral clock. +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the name "tsadc-apb". +- #thermal-sensor-cells : Should be 1. See ./thermal.txt for a description. +- rockchip,hw-tshut-temp : The hardware-controlled shutdown temperature value. +- rockchip,hw-tshut-mode : The hardware-controlled shutdown mode 0:CRU 1:GPIO. +- rockchip,hw-tshut-polarity : The hardware-controlled active polarity 0:LOW + 1:HIGH. + +Exiample: +tsadc: tsadc@ff280000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-tsadc"; + reg = <0xff280000 0x100>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_TSADC>, <&cru PCLK_TSADC>; + clock-names = "tsadc", "apb_pclk"; + resets = <&cru SRST_TSADC>; + reset-names = "tsadc-apb"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&otp_out>; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + rockchip,hw-tshut-temp = <95000>; + rockchip,hw-tshut-mode = <0>; + rockchip,hw-tshut-polarity = <0>; +}; + +Example: referring to thermal sensors: +thermal-zones { + cpu_thermal: cpu_thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <5000>; /* milliseconds */ + + /* sensor ID */ + thermal-sensors = <&tsadc 1>; + + trips { + cpu_alert0: cpu_alert { + temperature = <70000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + }; + cpu_crit: cpu_crit { + temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + + cooling-maps { + map0 { + trip = <&cpu_alert0>; + cooling-device = + <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ecf3ed76cd46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Tegra124 SOCTHERM thermal management system + +The SOCTHERM IP block contains thermal sensors, support for polled +or interrupt-based thermal monitoring, CPU and GPU throttling based +on temperature trip points, and handling external overcurrent +notifications. It is also used to manage emergency shutdown in an +overheating situation. + +Required properties : +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra124-soctherm". +- reg : Should contain 1 entry: + - SOCTHERM register set +- interrupts : Defines the interrupt used by SOCTHERM +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names : Must include the following entries: + - tsensor + - soctherm +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - soctherm +- #thermal-sensor-cells : Should be 1. See ./thermal.txt for a description + of this property. See <dt-bindings/thermal/tegra124-soctherm.h> for a + list of valid values when referring to thermal sensors. + + +Example : + + soctherm@0,700e2000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-soctherm"; + reg = <0x0 0x700e2000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_TSENSOR>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_SOC_THERM>; + clock-names = "tsensor", "soctherm"; + resets = <&tegra_car 78>; + reset-names = "soctherm"; + + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + }; + +Example: referring to thermal sensors : + + thermal-zones { + cpu { + polling-delay-passive = <1000>; + polling-delay = <1000>; + + thermal-sensors = + <&soctherm TEGRA124_SOCTHERM_SENSOR_CPU>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..27f8b1e5ee46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* USB2 ChipIdea USB controller for ci13xxx + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "chipidea,usb2" +- reg: base address and length of the registers +- interrupts: interrupt for the USB controller + +Optional properties: +- clocks: reference to the USB clock +- phys: reference to the USB PHY +- phy-names: should be "usb-phy" +- vbus-supply: reference to the VBUS regulator + +Example: + + usb@f7ed0000 { + compatible = "chipidea,usb2"; + reg = <0xf7ed0000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&chip CLKID_USB0>; + phys = <&usb_phy0>; + phy-names = "usb-phy"; + vbus-supply = <®_usb0_vbus>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt index 471366d6a129..cd7f0454e13a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -14,6 +14,29 @@ Optional properties: - phys: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - phy-names: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated. + - snps,disable_scramble_quirk: true when SW should disable data scrambling. + Only really useful for FPGA builds. + - snps,has-lpm-erratum: true when DWC3 was configured with LPM Erratum enabled + - snps,lpm-nyet-threshold: LPM NYET threshold + - snps,u2exit_lfps_quirk: set if we want to enable u2exit lfps quirk + - snps,u2ss_inp3_quirk: set if we enable P3 OK for U2/SS Inactive quirk + - snps,req_p1p2p3_quirk: when set, the core will always request for + P1/P2/P3 transition sequence. + - snps,del_p1p2p3_quirk: when set core will delay P1/P2/P3 until a certain + amount of 8B10B errors occur. + - snps,del_phy_power_chg_quirk: when set core will delay PHY power change + from P0 to P1/P2/P3. + - snps,lfps_filter_quirk: when set core will filter LFPS reception. + - snps,rx_detect_poll_quirk: when set core will disable a 400us delay to start + Polling LFPS after RX.Detect. + - snps,tx_de_emphasis_quirk: when set core will set Tx de-emphasis value. + - snps,tx_de_emphasis: the value driven to the PHY is controlled by the + LTSSM during USB3 Compliance mode. + - snps,dis_u3_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB3 suspend phy. + - snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB2 suspend phy. + - snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: true when DWC3 asserts output signal + utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when asserts utmi_sleep_n + - snps,hird-threshold: HIRD threshold This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt index a3b5990d0f2c..9b4dbe3b2acc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt @@ -82,8 +82,10 @@ Example: DWC3 Required properties: - - compatible: should be "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3" for USB 3.0 DWC3 - controller. + - compatible: should be one of the following - + "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on + Exynos5250/5420. + "samsung,exynos7-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on Exynos7. - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes with 'reg' property. - ranges: allows valid 1:1 translation between child's address space and diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt index 79729a948d5a..9c331799b87c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt @@ -29,3 +29,25 @@ Example: marvell,port-mode = <2>; /* PMM_GLOBAL_MODE */ }; +UDC + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "marvell,pxa270-udc" for USB controllers + used in device mode. + - reg: usb device MMIO address space + - interrupts: single interrupt generated by the UDC IP + - clocks: input clock of the UDC IP (see clock-bindings.txt) + +Optional properties: + - gpios: + - gpio activated to control the USB D+ pullup (see gpio.txt) + +Example: + + pxa27x_udc: udc@40600000 { + compatible = "marvell,pxa270-udc"; + reg = <0x40600000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <11>; + clocks = <&pxa2xx_clks 11>; + gpios = <&gpio 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt index b968a1aea995..19233b7365e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ Optional properties: - big-endian-regs : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian registers - big-endian-desc : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian descriptors - big-endian : boolean, for hcds with big-endian-regs + big-endian-desc +- no-big-frame-no : boolean, set if frame_no lives in bits [15:0] of HCCA +- num-ports : u32, to override the detected port count - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs - phys : phandle + phy specifier pair - phy-names : "usb" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 2417cb0b493b..b1df0ad1306c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ dlink D-Link Corporation dmo Data Modul AG ebv EBV Elektronik edt Emerging Display Technologies +elan Elan Microelectronic Corp. emmicro EM Microelectronic energymicro Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS) epcos EPCOS AG @@ -66,8 +67,10 @@ gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc. google Google, Inc. gumstix Gumstix, Inc. gw Gateworks Corporation +hannstar HannStar Display Corporation haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd. hisilicon Hisilicon Limited. +hit Hitachi Ltd. honeywell Honeywell hp Hewlett Packard i2se I2SE GmbH @@ -101,6 +104,7 @@ mitsubishi Mitsubishi Electric Corporation mosaixtech Mosaix Technologies, Inc. moxa Moxa mpl MPL AG +mti Imagination Technologies Ltd. (formerly MIPS Technologies Inc.) mundoreader Mundo Reader S.L. murata Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. mxicy Macronix International Co., Ltd. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..96c25ee01501 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Analog Device ADV7511(W)/13 HDMI Encoders +----------------------------------------- + +The ADV7511, ADV7511W and ADV7513 are HDMI audio and video transmitters +compatible with HDMI 1.4 and DVI 1.0. They support color space conversion, +S/PDIF, CEC and HDCP. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be one of "adi,adv7511", "adi,adv7511w" or "adi,adv7513" +- reg: I2C slave address + +The ADV7511 supports a large number of input data formats that differ by their +color depth, color format, clock mode, bit justification and random +arrangement of components on the data bus. The combination of the following +properties describe the input and map directly to the video input tables of the +ADV7511 datasheet that document all the supported combinations. + +- adi,input-depth: Number of bits per color component at the input (8, 10 or + 12). +- adi,input-colorspace: The input color space, one of "rgb", "yuv422" or + "yuv444". +- adi,input-clock: The input clock type, one of "1x" (one clock cycle per + pixel), "2x" (two clock cycles per pixel), "ddr" (one clock cycle per pixel, + data driven on both edges). + +The following input format properties are required except in "rgb 1x" and +"yuv444 1x" modes, in which case they must not be specified. + +- adi,input-style: The input components arrangement variant (1, 2 or 3), as + listed in the input format tables in the datasheet. +- adi,input-justification: The input bit justification ("left", "evenly", + "right"). + +Optional properties: + +- interrupts: Specifier for the ADV7511 interrupt +- pd-gpios: Specifier for the GPIO connected to the power down signal + +- adi,clock-delay: Video data clock delay relative to the pixel clock, in ps + (-1200 ps .. 1600 ps). Defaults to no delay. +- adi,embedded-sync: The input uses synchronization signals embedded in the + data stream (similar to BT.656). Defaults to separate H/V synchronization + signals. + +Required nodes: + +The ADV7511 has two video ports. Their connections are modelled using the OF +graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + +- Video port 0 for the RGB or YUV input +- Video port 1 for the HDMI output + + +Example +------- + + adv7511w: hdmi@39 { + compatible = "adi,adv7511w"; + reg = <39>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + interrupts = <29 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + + adi,input-depth = <8>; + adi,input-colorspace = "rgb"; + adi,input-clock = "1x"; + adi,input-style = <1>; + adi,input-justification = "evenly"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + adv7511w_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dpi_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + adv7511_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_connector_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt index e74243b4b317..ca2b4aacd9af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value should be one of the following "samsung,exynos3250-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos3250/3472 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos4415-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ "samsung,exynos5410-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5410/5420/5440 SoCs */ - reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device - interrupts: should contain DSI interrupt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7fff582495a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Rockchip DRM master device +================================ + +The Rockchip DRM master device is a virtual device needed to list all +vop devices or other display interface nodes that comprise the +graphics subsystem. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "rockchip,display-subsystem" +- ports: Should contain a list of phandles pointing to display interface port + of vop devices. vop definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt + +example: + +display-subsystem { + compatible = "rockchip,display-subsystem"; + ports = <&vopl_out>, <&vopb_out>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d15351f2313d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +device-tree bindings for rockchip soc display controller (vop) + +VOP (Visual Output Processor) is the Display Controller for the Rockchip +series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory +buffer to an external LCD interface. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be one of the following + "rockchip,rk3288-vop"; + +- interrupts: should contain a list of all VOP IP block interrupts in the + order: VSYNC, LCD_SYSTEM. The interrupt specifier + format depends on the interrupt controller used. + +- clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the + clock-names property. + +- clock-names: Must contain + aclk_vop: for ddr buffer transfer. + hclk_vop: for ahb bus to R/W the phy regs. + dclk_vop: pixel clock. + +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - axi + - ahb + - dclk + +- iommus: required a iommu node + +- port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: +SoC specific DT entry: + vopb: vopb@ff930000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-vop"; + reg = <0xff930000 0x19c>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru ACLK_VOP0>, <&cru DCLK_VOP0>, <&cru HCLK_VOP0>; + clock-names = "aclk_vop", "dclk_vop", "hclk_vop"; + resets = <&cru SRST_LCDC1_AXI>, <&cru SRST_LCDC1_AHB>, <&cru SRST_LCDC1_DCLK>; + reset-names = "axi", "ahb", "dclk"; + iommus = <&vopb_mmu>; + vopb_out: port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + vopb_out_edp: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint=<&edp_in_vopb>; + }; + vopb_out_hdmi: endpoint@1 { + reg = <1>; + remote-endpoint=<&hdmi_in_vopb>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt index 4e6c77c85546..cf1af6371021 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties: "samsung,s5pv210-fimd"; /* for S5PV210 SoC */ "samsung,exynos3250-fimd"; /* for Exynos3250/3472 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4210-fimd"; /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos4415-fimd"; /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ "samsung,exynos5250-fimd"; /* for Exynos5 SoCs */ - reg: physical base address and length of the FIMD registers set. diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/client.txt index 11fb87ff6cd0..11fb87ff6cd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/client.txt diff --git a/Documentation/dmatest.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/dmatest.txt index dd77a81bdb80..dd77a81bdb80 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmatest.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/dmatest.txt diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..766658ccf235 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt @@ -0,0 +1,366 @@ +DMAengine controller documentation +================================== + +Hardware Introduction ++++++++++++++++++++++ + +Most of the Slave DMA controllers have the same general principles of +operations. + +They have a given number of channels to use for the DMA transfers, and +a given number of requests lines. + +Requests and channels are pretty much orthogonal. Channels can be used +to serve several to any requests. To simplify, channels are the +entities that will be doing the copy, and requests what endpoints are +involved. + +The request lines actually correspond to physical lines going from the +DMA-eligible devices to the controller itself. Whenever the device +will want to start a transfer, it will assert a DMA request (DRQ) by +asserting that request line. + +A very simple DMA controller would only take into account a single +parameter: the transfer size. At each clock cycle, it would transfer a +byte of data from one buffer to another, until the transfer size has +been reached. + +That wouldn't work well in the real world, since slave devices might +require a specific number of bits to be transferred in a single +cycle. For example, we may want to transfer as much data as the +physical bus allows to maximize performances when doing a simple +memory copy operation, but our audio device could have a narrower FIFO +that requires data to be written exactly 16 or 24 bits at a time. This +is why most if not all of the DMA controllers can adjust this, using a +parameter called the transfer width. + +Moreover, some DMA controllers, whenever the RAM is used as a source +or destination, can group the reads or writes in memory into a buffer, +so instead of having a lot of small memory accesses, which is not +really efficient, you'll get several bigger transfers. This is done +using a parameter called the burst size, that defines how many single +reads/writes it's allowed to do without the controller splitting the +transfer into smaller sub-transfers. + +Our theoretical DMA controller would then only be able to do transfers +that involve a single contiguous block of data. However, some of the +transfers we usually have are not, and want to copy data from +non-contiguous buffers to a contiguous buffer, which is called +scatter-gather. + +DMAEngine, at least for mem2dev transfers, require support for +scatter-gather. So we're left with two cases here: either we have a +quite simple DMA controller that doesn't support it, and we'll have to +implement it in software, or we have a more advanced DMA controller, +that implements in hardware scatter-gather. + +The latter are usually programmed using a collection of chunks to +transfer, and whenever the transfer is started, the controller will go +over that collection, doing whatever we programmed there. + +This collection is usually either a table or a linked list. You will +then push either the address of the table and its number of elements, +or the first item of the list to one channel of the DMA controller, +and whenever a DRQ will be asserted, it will go through the collection +to know where to fetch the data from. + +Either way, the format of this collection is completely dependent on +your hardware. Each DMA controller will require a different structure, +but all of them will require, for every chunk, at least the source and +destination addresses, whether it should increment these addresses or +not and the three parameters we saw earlier: the burst size, the +transfer width and the transfer size. + +The one last thing is that usually, slave devices won't issue DRQ by +default, and you have to enable this in your slave device driver first +whenever you're willing to use DMA. + +These were just the general memory-to-memory (also called mem2mem) or +memory-to-device (mem2dev) kind of transfers. Most devices often +support other kind of transfers or memory operations that dmaengine +support and will be detailed later in this document. + +DMA Support in Linux +++++++++++++++++++++ + +Historically, DMA controller drivers have been implemented using the +async TX API, to offload operations such as memory copy, XOR, +cryptography, etc., basically any memory to memory operation. + +Over time, the need for memory to device transfers arose, and +dmaengine was extended. Nowadays, the async TX API is written as a +layer on top of dmaengine, and acts as a client. Still, dmaengine +accommodates that API in some cases, and made some design choices to +ensure that it stayed compatible. + +For more information on the Async TX API, please look the relevant +documentation file in Documentation/crypto/async-tx-api.txt. + +DMAEngine Registration +++++++++++++++++++++++ + +struct dma_device Initialization +-------------------------------- + +Just like any other kernel framework, the whole DMAEngine registration +relies on the driver filling a structure and registering against the +framework. In our case, that structure is dma_device. + +The first thing you need to do in your driver is to allocate this +structure. Any of the usual memory allocators will do, but you'll also +need to initialize a few fields in there: + + * channels: should be initialized as a list using the + INIT_LIST_HEAD macro for example + + * dev: should hold the pointer to the struct device associated + to your current driver instance. + +Supported transaction types +--------------------------- + +The next thing you need is to set which transaction types your device +(and driver) supports. + +Our dma_device structure has a field called cap_mask that holds the +various types of transaction supported, and you need to modify this +mask using the dma_cap_set function, with various flags depending on +transaction types you support as an argument. + +All those capabilities are defined in the dma_transaction_type enum, +in include/linux/dmaengine.h + +Currently, the types available are: + * DMA_MEMCPY + - The device is able to do memory to memory copies + + * DMA_XOR + - The device is able to perform XOR operations on memory areas + - Used to accelerate XOR intensive tasks, such as RAID5 + + * DMA_XOR_VAL + - The device is able to perform parity check using the XOR + algorithm against a memory buffer. + + * DMA_PQ + - The device is able to perform RAID6 P+Q computations, P being a + simple XOR, and Q being a Reed-Solomon algorithm. + + * DMA_PQ_VAL + - The device is able to perform parity check using RAID6 P+Q + algorithm against a memory buffer. + + * DMA_INTERRUPT + - The device is able to trigger a dummy transfer that will + generate periodic interrupts + - Used by the client drivers to register a callback that will be + called on a regular basis through the DMA controller interrupt + + * DMA_SG + - The device supports memory to memory scatter-gather + transfers. + - Even though a plain memcpy can look like a particular case of a + scatter-gather transfer, with a single chunk to transfer, it's a + distinct transaction type in the mem2mem transfers case + + * DMA_PRIVATE + - The devices only supports slave transfers, and as such isn't + available for async transfers. + + * DMA_ASYNC_TX + - Must not be set by the device, and will be set by the framework + if needed + - /* TODO: What is it about? */ + + * DMA_SLAVE + - The device can handle device to memory transfers, including + scatter-gather transfers. + - While in the mem2mem case we were having two distinct types to + deal with a single chunk to copy or a collection of them, here, + we just have a single transaction type that is supposed to + handle both. + - If you want to transfer a single contiguous memory buffer, + simply build a scatter list with only one item. + + * DMA_CYCLIC + - The device can handle cyclic transfers. + - A cyclic transfer is a transfer where the chunk collection will + loop over itself, with the last item pointing to the first. + - It's usually used for audio transfers, where you want to operate + on a single ring buffer that you will fill with your audio data. + + * DMA_INTERLEAVE + - The device supports interleaved transfer. + - These transfers can transfer data from a non-contiguous buffer + to a non-contiguous buffer, opposed to DMA_SLAVE that can + transfer data from a non-contiguous data set to a continuous + destination buffer. + - It's usually used for 2d content transfers, in which case you + want to transfer a portion of uncompressed data directly to the + display to print it + +These various types will also affect how the source and destination +addresses change over time. + +Addresses pointing to RAM are typically incremented (or decremented) +after each transfer. In case of a ring buffer, they may loop +(DMA_CYCLIC). Addresses pointing to a device's register (e.g. a FIFO) +are typically fixed. + +Device operations +----------------- + +Our dma_device structure also requires a few function pointers in +order to implement the actual logic, now that we described what +operations we were able to perform. + +The functions that we have to fill in there, and hence have to +implement, obviously depend on the transaction types you reported as +supported. + + * device_alloc_chan_resources + * device_free_chan_resources + - These functions will be called whenever a driver will call + dma_request_channel or dma_release_channel for the first/last + time on the channel associated to that driver. + - They are in charge of allocating/freeing all the needed + resources in order for that channel to be useful for your + driver. + - These functions can sleep. + + * device_prep_dma_* + - These functions are matching the capabilities you registered + previously. + - These functions all take the buffer or the scatterlist relevant + for the transfer being prepared, and should create a hardware + descriptor or a list of hardware descriptors from it + - These functions can be called from an interrupt context + - Any allocation you might do should be using the GFP_NOWAIT + flag, in order not to potentially sleep, but without depleting + the emergency pool either. + - Drivers should try to pre-allocate any memory they might need + during the transfer setup at probe time to avoid putting to + much pressure on the nowait allocator. + + - It should return a unique instance of the + dma_async_tx_descriptor structure, that further represents this + particular transfer. + + - This structure can be initialized using the function + dma_async_tx_descriptor_init. + - You'll also need to set two fields in this structure: + + flags: + TODO: Can it be modified by the driver itself, or + should it be always the flags passed in the arguments + + + tx_submit: A pointer to a function you have to implement, + that is supposed to push the current + transaction descriptor to a pending queue, waiting + for issue_pending to be called. + + * device_issue_pending + - Takes the first transaction descriptor in the pending queue, + and starts the transfer. Whenever that transfer is done, it + should move to the next transaction in the list. + - This function can be called in an interrupt context + + * device_tx_status + - Should report the bytes left to go over on the given channel + - Should only care about the transaction descriptor passed as + argument, not the currently active one on a given channel + - The tx_state argument might be NULL + - Should use dma_set_residue to report it + - In the case of a cyclic transfer, it should only take into + account the current period. + - This function can be called in an interrupt context. + + * device_control + - Used by client drivers to control and configure the channel it + has a handle on. + - Called with a command and an argument + + The command is one of the values listed by the enum + dma_ctrl_cmd. The valid commands are: + + DMA_PAUSE + + Pauses a transfer on the channel + + This command should operate synchronously on the channel, + pausing right away the work of the given channel + + DMA_RESUME + + Restarts a transfer on the channel + + This command should operate synchronously on the channel, + resuming right away the work of the given channel + + DMA_TERMINATE_ALL + + Aborts all the pending and ongoing transfers on the + channel + + This command should operate synchronously on the channel, + terminating right away all the channels + + DMA_SLAVE_CONFIG + + Reconfigures the channel with passed configuration + + This command should NOT perform synchronously, or on any + currently queued transfers, but only on subsequent ones + + In this case, the function will receive a + dma_slave_config structure pointer as an argument, that + will detail which configuration to use. + + Even though that structure contains a direction field, + this field is deprecated in favor of the direction + argument given to the prep_* functions + + FSLDMA_EXTERNAL_START + + TODO: Why does that even exist? + + The argument is an opaque unsigned long. This actually is a + pointer to a struct dma_slave_config that should be used only + in the DMA_SLAVE_CONFIG. + + * device_slave_caps + - Called through the framework by client drivers in order to have + an idea of what are the properties of the channel allocated to + them. + - Such properties are the buswidth, available directions, etc. + - Required for every generic layer doing DMA transfers, such as + ASoC. + +Misc notes (stuff that should be documented, but don't really know +where to put them) +------------------------------------------------------------------ + * dma_run_dependencies + - Should be called at the end of an async TX transfer, and can be + ignored in the slave transfers case. + - Makes sure that dependent operations are run before marking it + as complete. + + * dma_cookie_t + - it's a DMA transaction ID that will increment over time. + - Not really relevant any more since the introduction of virt-dma + that abstracts it away. + + * DMA_CTRL_ACK + - Undocumented feature + - No one really has an idea of what it's about, besides being + related to reusing the DMA transaction descriptors or having + additional transactions added to it in the async-tx API + - Useless in the case of the slave API + +General Design Notes +-------------------- + +Most of the DMAEngine drivers you'll see are based on a similar design +that handles the end of transfer interrupts in the handler, but defer +most work to a tasklet, including the start of a new transfer whenever +the previous transfer ended. + +This is a rather inefficient design though, because the inter-transfer +latency will be not only the interrupt latency, but also the +scheduling latency of the tasklet, which will leave the channel idle +in between, which will slow down the global transfer rate. + +You should avoid this kind of practice, and instead of electing a new +transfer in your tasklet, move that part to the interrupt handler in +order to have a shorter idle window (that we can't really avoid +anyway). + +Glossary +-------- + +Burst: A number of consecutive read or write operations + that can be queued to buffers before being flushed to + memory. +Chunk: A contiguous collection of bursts +Transfer: A collection of chunks (be it contiguous or not) diff --git a/Documentation/email-clients.txt b/Documentation/email-clients.txt index 9af538be3751..eede6088f978 100644 --- a/Documentation/email-clients.txt +++ b/Documentation/email-clients.txt @@ -77,6 +77,17 @@ should appear, and then pressing CTRL-R let you specify the patch file to insert into the message. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Claws Mail (GUI) + +Works. Some people use this successfully for patches. + +To insert a patch use Message->Insert File (CTRL+i) or an external editor. + +If the inserted patch has to be edited in the Claws composition window +"Auto wrapping" in Configuration->Preferences->Compose->Wrapping should be +disabled. + +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Evolution (GUI) Some people use this successfully for patches. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index eb8a10e22f7c..aae9dd13c91f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ softirq. 1.9 Ext4 file system parameters ------------------------------- +------------------------------- Information about mounted ext4 file systems can be found in /proc/fs/ext4. Each mounted filesystem will have a directory in diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt index 403c090aca39..e5274f84dc56 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt @@ -2,10 +2,10 @@ SQUASHFS 4.0 FILESYSTEM ======================= Squashfs is a compressed read-only filesystem for Linux. -It uses zlib/lzo/xz compression to compress files, inodes and directories. -Inodes in the system are very small and all blocks are packed to minimise -data overhead. Block sizes greater than 4K are supported up to a maximum -of 1Mbytes (default block size 128K). +It uses zlib, lz4, lzo, or xz compression to compress files, inodes and +directories. Inodes in the system are very small and all blocks are packed to +minimise data overhead. Block sizes greater than 4K are supported up to a +maximum of 1Mbytes (default block size 128K). Squashfs is intended for general read-only filesystem use, for archival use (i.e. in cases where a .tar.gz file may be used), and in constrained diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt index 859918db36b8..d85fbae451ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt @@ -199,6 +199,33 @@ The active-low state of a GPIO can also be queried using the following call: Note that these functions should only be used with great moderation ; a driver should not have to care about the physical line level. + +Set multiple GPIO outputs with a single function call +----------------------------------------------------- +The following functions set the output values of an array of GPIOs: + + void gpiod_set_array(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_raw_array(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + void gpiod_set_raw_array_cansleep(unsigned int array_size, + struct gpio_desc **desc_array, + int *value_array) + +The array can be an arbitrary set of GPIOs. The functions will try to set +GPIOs belonging to the same bank or chip simultaneously if supported by the +corresponding chip driver. In that case a significantly improved performance +can be expected. If simultaneous setting is not possible the GPIOs will be set +sequentially. +Note that for optimal performance GPIOs belonging to the same chip should be +contiguous within the array of descriptors. + + GPIOs mapped to IRQs -------------------- GPIO lines can quite often be used as IRQs. You can get the IRQ number diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt index 31e0b5db55d8..90d0f6aba7a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt @@ -158,12 +158,12 @@ Locking IRQ usage Input GPIOs can be used as IRQ signals. When this happens, a driver is requested to mark the GPIO as being used as an IRQ: - int gpio_lock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) + int gpiochip_lock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) This will prevent the use of non-irq related GPIO APIs until the GPIO IRQ lock is released: - void gpio_unlock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) + void gpiochip_unlock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) When implementing an irqchip inside a GPIO driver, these two functions should typically be called in the .startup() and .shutdown() callbacks from the diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 index 793c83dac738..82f48f774afb 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Supported adapters: * Intel Wildcat Point-LP (PCH) * Intel BayTrail (SOC) * Intel Sunrise Point-H (PCH) + * Intel Sunrise Point-LP (PCH) Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients b/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients index 8e5fbd88c7d1..ccba3ffd6e80 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients +++ b/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients @@ -79,11 +79,10 @@ static struct i2c_driver example_driver = { .driver = { .owner = THIS_MODULE, .name = "example", + .pm = &example_pm_ops, }, .attach_adapter = example_attach_adapter, .detach_client = example_detach, - .suspend = example_suspend, - .resume = example_resume, }; @@ -272,10 +271,9 @@ static struct i2c_driver example_driver = { .driver = { .owner = THIS_MODULE, .name = "example", + .pm = &example_pm_ops, }, .id_table = example_idtable, .probe = example_probe, .remove = example_remove, - .suspend = example_suspend, - .resume = example_resume, }; diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients index 6b344b516bff..a755b141fa4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients +++ b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(i2c, foo_idtable); static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = { .driver = { .name = "foo", + .pm = &foo_pm_ops, /* optional */ }, .id_table = foo_idtable, @@ -47,8 +48,6 @@ static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = { .address_list = normal_i2c, .shutdown = foo_shutdown, /* optional */ - .suspend = foo_suspend, /* optional */ - .resume = foo_resume, /* optional */ .command = foo_command, /* optional, deprecated */ } @@ -279,8 +278,9 @@ Power Management If your I2C device needs special handling when entering a system low power state -- like putting a transceiver into a low power mode, or -activating a system wakeup mechanism -- do that in the suspend() method. -The resume() method should reverse what the suspend() method does. +activating a system wakeup mechanism -- do that by implementing the +appropriate callbacks for the dev_pm_ops of the driver (like suspend +and resume). These are standard driver model calls, and they work just like they would for any other driver stack. The calls can sleep, and can use diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/kvm.txt b/Documentation/ia64/kvm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ffb5c80bec3e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ia64/kvm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -Currently, kvm module is in EXPERIMENTAL stage on IA64. This means that -interfaces are not stable enough to use. So, please don't run critical -applications in virtual machine. -We will try our best to improve it in future versions! - - Guide: How to boot up guests on kvm/ia64 - -This guide is to describe how to enable kvm support for IA-64 systems. - -1. Get the kvm source from git.kernel.org. - Userspace source: - git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm-userspace.git - Kernel Source: - git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xiantao/kvm-ia64.git - -2. Compile the source code. - 2.1 Compile userspace code: - (1)cd ./kvm-userspace - (2)./configure - (3)cd kernel - (4)make sync LINUX= $kernel_dir (kernel_dir is the directory of kernel source.) - (5)cd .. - (6)make qemu - (7)cd qemu; make install - - 2.2 Compile kernel source code: - (1) cd ./$kernel_dir - (2) Make menuconfig - (3) Enter into virtualization option, and choose kvm. - (4) make - (5) Once (4) done, make modules_install - (6) Make initrd, and use new kernel to reboot up host machine. - (7) Once (6) done, cd $kernel_dir/arch/ia64/kvm - (8) insmod kvm.ko; insmod kvm-intel.ko - -Note: For step 2, please make sure that host page size == TARGET_PAGE_SIZE of qemu, otherwise, may fail. - -3. Get Guest Firmware named as Flash.fd, and put it under right place: - (1) If you have the guest firmware (binary) released by Intel Corp for Xen, use it directly. - - (2) If you have no firmware at hand, Please download its source from - hg clone http://xenbits.xensource.com/ext/efi-vfirmware.hg - you can get the firmware's binary in the directory of efi-vfirmware.hg/binaries. - - (3) Rename the firmware you owned to Flash.fd, and copy it to /usr/local/share/qemu - -4. Boot up Linux or Windows guests: - 4.1 Create or install a image for guest boot. If you have xen experience, it should be easy. - - 4.2 Boot up guests use the following command. - /usr/local/bin/qemu-system-ia64 -smp xx -m 512 -hda $your_image - (xx is the number of virtual processors for the guest, now the maximum value is 4) - -5. Known possible issue on some platforms with old Firmware. - -In the event of strange host crash issues, try to solve it through either of the following ways: - -(1): Upgrade your Firmware to the latest one. - -(2): Applying the below patch to kernel source. -diff --git a/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S b/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S -index 0b53344..f02b0f7 100644 ---- a/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S -+++ b/arch/ia64/kernel/pal.S -@@ -84,7 +84,8 @@ GLOBAL_ENTRY(ia64_pal_call_static) - mov ar.pfs = loc1 - mov rp = loc0 - ;; -- srlz.d // serialize restoration of psr.l -+ srlz.i // serialize restoration of psr.l -+ ;; - br.ret.sptk.many b0 - END(ia64_pal_call_static) - -6. Bug report: - If you found any issues when use kvm/ia64, Please post the bug info to kvm-ia64-devel mailing list. - https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/kvm-ia64-devel/ - -Thanks for your interest! Let's work together, and make kvm/ia64 stronger and stronger! - - - Xiantao Zhang <xiantao.zhang@intel.com> - 2008.3.10 diff --git a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt b/Documentation/input/xpad.txt index 7cc9a436e6a1..d1b23f295db4 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/xpad.txt @@ -1,18 +1,22 @@ -xpad - Linux USB driver for X-Box gamepads +xpad - Linux USB driver for Xbox compatible controllers -This is the very first release of a driver for X-Box gamepads. -Basically, this was hacked away in just a few hours, so don't expect -miracles. +This driver exposes all first-party and third-party Xbox compatible +controllers. It has a long history and has enjoyed considerable usage +as Window's xinput library caused most PC games to focus on Xbox +controller compatibility. -In particular, there is currently NO support for the rumble pack. -You won't find many ff-aware linux applications anyway. +Due to backwards compatibility all buttons are reported as digital. +This only effects Original Xbox controllers. All later controller models +have only digital face buttons. + +Rumble is supported on some models of Xbox 360 controllers but not of +Original Xbox controllers nor on Xbox One controllers. As of writing +the Xbox One's rumble protocol has not been reverse engineered but in +the future could be supported. 0. Notes -------- - -Driver updated for kernel 2.6.17.11. (Based on a patch for 2.6.11.4.) - The number of buttons/axes reported varies based on 3 things: - if you are using a known controller - if you are using a known dance pad @@ -20,12 +24,16 @@ The number of buttons/axes reported varies based on 3 things: module configuration for "Map D-PAD to buttons rather than axes for unknown pads" (module option dpad_to_buttons) -If you set dpad_to_buttons to 0 and you are using an unknown device (one -not listed below), the driver will map the directional pad to axes (X/Y), -if you said N it will map the d-pad to buttons, which is needed for dance -style games to function correctly. The default is Y. +If you set dpad_to_buttons to N and you are using an unknown device +the driver will map the directional pad to axes (X/Y). +If you said Y it will map the d-pad to buttons, which is needed for dance +style games to function correctly. The default is Y. + +dpad_to_buttons has no effect for known pads. A erroneous commit message +claimed dpad_to_buttons could be used to force behavior on known devices. +This is not true. Both dpad_to_buttons and triggers_to_buttons only affect +unknown controllers. -dpad_to_buttons has no effect for known pads. 0.1 Normal Controllers ---------------------- @@ -80,17 +88,29 @@ to the list of supported devices, ensuring that it will work out of the box in the future. -1. USB adapter +1. USB adapters -------------- +All generations of Xbox controllers speak USB over the wire. +- Original Xbox controllers use a proprietary connector and require adapters. +- Wireless Xbox 360 controllers require a 'Xbox 360 Wireless Gaming Receiver + for Windows' +- Wired Xbox 360 controllers use standard USB connectors. +- Xbox One controllers can be wireless but speak Wi-Fi Direct and are not + yet supported. +- Xbox One controllers can be wired and use standard Micro-USB connectors. + -Before you can actually use the driver, you need to get yourself an -adapter cable to connect the X-Box controller to your Linux-Box. You -can buy these online fairly cheap, or build your own. + +1.1 Original Xbox USB adapters +-------------- +Using this driver with an Original Xbox controller requires an +adapter cable to break out the proprietary connector's pins to USB. +You can buy these online fairly cheap, or build your own. Such a cable is pretty easy to build. The Controller itself is a USB compound device (a hub with three ports for two expansion slots and the controller device) with the only difference in a nonstandard connector -(5 pins vs. 4 on standard USB connector). +(5 pins vs. 4 on standard USB 1.0 connectors). You just need to solder a USB connector onto the cable and keep the yellow wire unconnected. The other pins have the same order on both @@ -102,26 +122,41 @@ original one. You can buy an extension cable and cut that instead. That way, you can still use the controller with your X-Box, if you have one ;) + 2. Driver Installation ---------------------- -Once you have the adapter cable and the controller is connected, you need -to load your USB subsystem and should cat /proc/bus/usb/devices. -There should be an entry like the one at the end [4]. +Once you have the adapter cable, if needed, and the controller connected +the xpad module should be auto loaded. To confirm you can cat +/proc/bus/usb/devices. There should be an entry like the one at the end [4]. + + -Currently (as of version 0.0.6), the following devices are included: - original Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0202 - smaller Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0289 +3. Supported Controllers +------------------------ +For a full list of supported controllers and associated vendor and product +IDs see the xpad_device[] array[6]. + +As of the historic version 0.0.6 (2006-10-10) the following devices +were supported: + original Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0202 + smaller Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0289 original Microsoft XBOX controller (Japan), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0285 - InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany), vendor=0x05fd, product=0x107a - RedOctane Xbox Dance Pad (US), vendor=0x0c12, product=0x8809 + InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany), vendor=0x05fd, product=0x107a + RedOctane Xbox Dance Pad (US), vendor=0x0c12, product=0x8809 + +Unrecognized models of Xbox controllers should function as Generic +Xbox controllers. Unrecognized Dance Pad controllers require setting +the module option 'dpad_to_buttons'. + +If you have an unrecognized controller please see 0.3 - Unknown Controllers -The driver should work with xbox pads not listed above as well, however -you will need to do something extra for dance pads to work. -If you have a controller not listed above, see 0.3 - Unknown Controllers +4. Manual Testing +----------------- +To test this driver's functionality you may use 'jstest'. -If you compiled and installed the driver, test the functionality: +For example: > modprobe xpad > modprobe joydev > jstest /dev/js0 @@ -134,7 +169,8 @@ show 20 inputs (6 axes, 14 buttons). It works? Voila, you're done ;) -3. Thanks + +5. Thanks --------- I have to thank ITO Takayuki for the detailed info on his site @@ -145,14 +181,14 @@ His useful info and both the usb-skeleton as well as the iforce input driver the basic functionality. -4. References -------------- -1. http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki) -2. http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/ -3. http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/ +6. References +------------- -4. /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany): +[1]: http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki) +[2]: http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/ +[3]: http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/ +[4]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany): T: Bus=01 Lev=03 Prnt=04 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 5 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS=32 #Cfgs= 1 @@ -162,7 +198,7 @@ I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=(none) E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms -5. /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from Redoctane Xbox Dance Pad (US): +[5]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from Redoctane Xbox Dance Pad (US): T: Bus=01 Lev=02 Prnt=09 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 10 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 @@ -173,7 +209,12 @@ I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=xpad E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms --- +[6]: http://lxr.free-electrons.com/ident?i=xpad_device + + + +7. Historic Edits +----------------- Marko Friedemann <mfr@bmx-chemnitz.de> 2002-07-16 - original doc @@ -181,3 +222,5 @@ Marko Friedemann <mfr@bmx-chemnitz.de> Dominic Cerquetti <binary1230@yahoo.com> 2005-03-19 - added stuff for dance pads, new d-pad->axes mappings + +Later changes may be viewed with 'git log Documentation/input/xpad.txt' diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index eacb2e0397ae..bda85f1dbd44 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -829,6 +829,15 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, hence this option will not help tracking down these problems. + debug_pagealloc= + [KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is set, this + parameter enables the feature at boot time. In + default, it is disabled. We can avoid allocating huge + chunk of memory for debug pagealloc if we don't enable + it at boot time and the system will work mostly same + with the kernel built without CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC. + on: enable the feature + debugpat [X86] Enable PAT debugging decnet.addr= [HW,NET] @@ -1228,9 +1237,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. multiple times interleaved with hugepages= to reserve huge pages of different sizes. Valid pages sizes on x86-64 are 2M (when the CPU supports "pse") and 1G - (when the CPU supports the "pdpe1gb" cpuinfo flag) - Note that 1GB pages can only be allocated at boot time - using hugepages= and not freed afterwards. + (when the CPU supports the "pdpe1gb" cpuinfo flag). hvc_iucv= [S390] Number of z/VM IUCV hypervisor console (HVC) terminal devices. Valid values: 0..8 @@ -1369,6 +1376,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Formats: { "ima" | "ima-ng" } Default: "ima-ng" + ima_template_fmt= + [IMA] Define a custom template format. + Format: { "field1|...|fieldN" } + ima.ahash_minsize= [IMA] Minimum file size for asynchronous hash usage Format: <min_file_size> Set the minimal file size for using asynchronous hash. @@ -2506,6 +2517,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. OSS [HW,OSS] See Documentation/sound/oss/oss-parameters.txt + page_owner= [KNL] Boot-time page_owner enabling option. + Storage of the information about who allocated + each page is disabled in default. With this switch, + we can turn it on. + on: enable the feature + panic= [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic: delay <timeout> timeout > 0: seconds before rebooting timeout = 0: wait forever @@ -3434,6 +3451,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. neutralize any effect of /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq. Useful for debugging. + tcpmhash_entries= [KNL,NET] + Set the number of tcp_metrics_hash slots. + Default value is 8192 or 16384 depending on total + ram pages. This is used to specify the TCP metrics + cache size. See Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt + "tcp_no_metrics_save" section for more details. + tdfx= [HW,DRM] test_suspend= [SUSPEND][,N] @@ -3546,6 +3570,24 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. See also Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt "trace options" section. + tp_printk[FTRACE] + Have the tracepoints sent to printk as well as the + tracing ring buffer. This is useful for early boot up + where the system hangs or reboots and does not give the + option for reading the tracing buffer or performing a + ftrace_dump_on_oops. + + To turn off having tracepoints sent to printk, + echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/tracepoint_printk + Note, echoing 1 into this file without the + tracepoint_printk kernel cmdline option has no effect. + + ** CAUTION ** + + Having tracepoints sent to printk() and activating high + frequency tracepoints such as irq or sched, can cause + the system to live lock. + traceoff_on_warning [FTRACE] enable this option to disable tracing when a warning is hit. This turns off "tracing_on". Tracing can diff --git a/Documentation/kobject.txt b/Documentation/kobject.txt index f87241dfed87..1be59a3a521c 100644 --- a/Documentation/kobject.txt +++ b/Documentation/kobject.txt @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ This should be done only after any attributes or children of the kobject have been initialized properly, as userspace will instantly start to look for them when this call happens. -When the kobject is removed from the kernel (details on how to do that is +When the kobject is removed from the kernel (details on how to do that are below), the uevent for KOBJ_REMOVE will be automatically created by the kobject core, so the caller does not have to worry about doing that by hand. diff --git a/Documentation/kselftest.txt b/Documentation/kselftest.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a87d840bacfe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/kselftest.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +Linux Kernel Selftests + +The kernel contains a set of "self tests" under the tools/testing/selftests/ +directory. These are intended to be small unit tests to exercise individual +code paths in the kernel. + +On some systems, hot-plug tests could hang forever waiting for cpu and +memory to be ready to be offlined. A special hot-plug target is created +to run full range of hot-plug tests. In default mode, hot-plug tests run +in safe mode with a limited scope. In limited mode, cpu-hotplug test is +run on a single cpu as opposed to all hotplug capable cpus, and memory +hotplug test is run on 2% of hotplug capable memory instead of 10%. + +Running the selftests (hotplug tests are run in limited mode) +============================================================= + +To build the tests: + $ make -C tools/testing/selftests + + +To run the tests: + $ make -C tools/testing/selftests run_tests + +To build and run the tests with a single command, use: + $ make kselftest + +- note that some tests will require root privileges. + + +Running a subset of selftests +======================================== +You can use the "TARGETS" variable on the make command line to specify +single test to run, or a list of tests to run. + +To run only tests targeted for a single subsystem: + $ make -C tools/testing/selftests TARGETS=ptrace run_tests + +You can specify multiple tests to build and run: + $ make TARGETS="size timers" kselftest + +See the top-level tools/testing/selftests/Makefile for the list of all +possible targets. + + +Running the full range hotplug selftests +======================================== + +To build the hotplug tests: + $ make -C tools/testing/selftests hotplug + +To run the hotplug tests: + $ make -C tools/testing/selftests run_hotplug + +- note that some tests will require root privileges. + + +Contributing new tests +====================== + +In general, the rules for for selftests are + + * Do as much as you can if you're not root; + + * Don't take too long; + + * Don't break the build on any architecture, and + + * Don't cause the top-level "make run_tests" to fail if your feature is + unconfigured. diff --git a/Documentation/local_ops.txt b/Documentation/local_ops.txt index 300da4bdfdbd..407576a23317 100644 --- a/Documentation/local_ops.txt +++ b/Documentation/local_ops.txt @@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ to implement them for any given architecture and shows how they can be used properly. It also stresses on the precautions that must be taken when reading those local variables across CPUs when the order of memory writes matters. +Note that local_t based operations are not recommended for general kernel use. +Please use the this_cpu operations instead unless there is really a special purpose. +Most uses of local_t in the kernel have been replaced by this_cpu operations. +this_cpu operations combine the relocation with the local_t like semantics in +a single instruction and yield more compact and faster executing code. * Purpose of local atomic operations @@ -87,10 +92,10 @@ the per cpu variable. For instance : local_inc(&get_cpu_var(counters)); put_cpu_var(counters); -If you are already in a preemption-safe context, you can directly use -__get_cpu_var() instead. +If you are already in a preemption-safe context, you can use +this_cpu_ptr() instead. - local_inc(&__get_cpu_var(counters)); + local_inc(this_cpu_ptr(&counters)); @@ -134,7 +139,7 @@ static void test_each(void *info) { /* Increment the counter from a non preemptible context */ printk("Increment on cpu %d\n", smp_processor_id()); - local_inc(&__get_cpu_var(counters)); + local_inc(this_cpu_ptr(&counters)); /* This is what incrementing the variable would look like within a * preemptible context (it disables preemption) : diff --git a/Documentation/mailbox.txt b/Documentation/mailbox.txt index 60f43ff629aa..1092ad9578da 100644 --- a/Documentation/mailbox.txt +++ b/Documentation/mailbox.txt @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static void message_from_remote(struct mbox_client *cl, void *mssg) { struct demo_client *dc = container_of(mbox_client, struct demo_client, cl); - if (dc->aysnc) { + if (dc->async) { if (is_an_ack(mssg)) { /* An ACK to our last sample sent */ return; /* Or do something else here */ diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index 7ee2ae6d5451..70a09f8a0383 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -1633,6 +1633,48 @@ There are some more advanced barrier functions: operations" subsection for information on where to use these. + (*) dma_wmb(); + (*) dma_rmb(); + + These are for use with consistent memory to guarantee the ordering + of writes or reads of shared memory accessible to both the CPU and a + DMA capable device. + + For example, consider a device driver that shares memory with a device + and uses a descriptor status value to indicate if the descriptor belongs + to the device or the CPU, and a doorbell to notify it when new + descriptors are available: + + if (desc->status != DEVICE_OWN) { + /* do not read data until we own descriptor */ + dma_rmb(); + + /* read/modify data */ + read_data = desc->data; + desc->data = write_data; + + /* flush modifications before status update */ + dma_wmb(); + + /* assign ownership */ + desc->status = DEVICE_OWN; + + /* force memory to sync before notifying device via MMIO */ + wmb(); + + /* notify device of new descriptors */ + writel(DESC_NOTIFY, doorbell); + } + + The dma_rmb() allows us guarantee the device has released ownership + before we read the data from the descriptor, and he dma_wmb() allows + us to guarantee the data is written to the descriptor before the device + can see it now has ownership. The wmb() is needed to guarantee that the + cache coherent memory writes have completed before attempting a write to + the cache incoherent MMIO region. + + See Documentation/DMA-API.txt for more information on consistent memory. + MMIO WRITE BARRIER ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile index 0f3156888048..f47fe6ba7300 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # List of programs to build -hostprogs-y := mpssd +hostprogs-$(CONFIG_X86_64) := mpssd mpssd-objs := mpssd.o sysfs.o diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt b/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt index 0723db7f8495..fe719388518b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ trie_leaf_remove() trie_rebalance() The key function for the dynamic trie after any change in the trie - it is run to optimize and reorganize. Tt will walk the trie upwards - towards the root from a given tnode, doing a resize() at each step + it is run to optimize and reorganize. It will walk the trie upwards + towards the root from a given tnode, doing a resize() at each step to implement level compression. resize() diff --git a/Documentation/phy.txt b/Documentation/phy.txt index c6594af94d25..371361c69a4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/phy.txt @@ -54,18 +54,14 @@ The PHY driver should create the PHY in order for other peripheral controllers to make use of it. The PHY framework provides 2 APIs to create the PHY. struct phy *phy_create(struct device *dev, struct device_node *node, - const struct phy_ops *ops, - struct phy_init_data *init_data); + const struct phy_ops *ops); struct phy *devm_phy_create(struct device *dev, struct device_node *node, - const struct phy_ops *ops, - struct phy_init_data *init_data); + const struct phy_ops *ops); The PHY drivers can use one of the above 2 APIs to create the PHY by passing -the device pointer, phy ops and init_data. +the device pointer and phy ops. phy_ops is a set of function pointers for performing PHY operations such as -init, exit, power_on and power_off. *init_data* is mandatory to get a reference -to the PHY in the case of non-dt boot. See section *Board File Initialization* -on how init_data should be used. +init, exit, power_on and power_off. Inorder to dereference the private data (in phy_ops), the phy provider driver can use phy_set_drvdata() after creating the PHY and use phy_get_drvdata() in @@ -137,42 +133,18 @@ There are exported APIs like phy_pm_runtime_get, phy_pm_runtime_get_sync, phy_pm_runtime_put, phy_pm_runtime_put_sync, phy_pm_runtime_allow and phy_pm_runtime_forbid for performing PM operations. -8. Board File Initialization - -Certain board file initialization is necessary in order to get a reference -to the PHY in the case of non-dt boot. -Say we have a single device that implements 3 PHYs that of USB, SATA and PCIe, -then in the board file the following initialization should be done. - -struct phy_consumer consumers[] = { - PHY_CONSUMER("dwc3.0", "usb"), - PHY_CONSUMER("pcie.0", "pcie"), - PHY_CONSUMER("sata.0", "sata"), -}; -PHY_CONSUMER takes 2 parameters, first is the device name of the controller -(PHY consumer) and second is the port name. - -struct phy_init_data init_data = { - .consumers = consumers, - .num_consumers = ARRAY_SIZE(consumers), -}; - -static const struct platform_device pipe3_phy_dev = { - .name = "pipe3-phy", - .id = -1, - .dev = { - .platform_data = { - .init_data = &init_data, - }, - }, -}; - -then, while doing phy_create, the PHY driver should pass this init_data - phy_create(dev, ops, pdata->init_data); - -and the controller driver (phy consumer) should pass the port name along with -the device to get a reference to the PHY - phy_get(dev, "pcie"); +8. PHY Mappings + +In order to get reference to a PHY without help from DeviceTree, the framework +offers lookups which can be compared to clkdev that allow clk structures to be +bound to devices. A lookup can be made be made during runtime when a handle to +the struct phy already exists. + +The framework offers the following API for registering and unregistering the +lookups. + +int phy_create_lookup(struct phy *phy, const char *con_id, const char *dev_id); +void phy_remove_lookup(struct phy *phy, const char *con_id, const char *dev_id); 9. DeviceTree Binding diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt index f32ce5419573..44fe1d28a163 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt @@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ defined in include/linux/pm.h: - if set, the value of child_count is ignored (but still updated) unsigned int disable_depth; - - used for disabling the helper funcions (they work normally if this is + - used for disabling the helper functions (they work normally if this is equal to zero); the initial value of it is 1 (i.e. runtime PM is initially disabled for all devices) int runtime_error; - if set, there was a fatal error (one of the callbacks returned error code - as described in Section 2), so the helper funtions will not work until + as described in Section 2), so the helper functions will not work until this flag is cleared; this is the error code returned by the failing callback @@ -468,6 +468,10 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h: - set the power.irq_safe flag for the device, causing the runtime-PM callbacks to be invoked with interrupts off + bool pm_runtime_is_irq_safe(struct device *dev); + - return true if power.irq_safe flag was set for the device, causing + the runtime-PM callbacks to be invoked with interrupts off + void pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(struct device *dev); - set the power.last_busy field to the current time @@ -524,7 +528,7 @@ pm_runtime_put_sync_autosuspend() 5. Runtime PM Initialization, Device Probing and Removal Initially, the runtime PM is disabled for all devices, which means that the -majority of the runtime PM helper funtions described in Section 4 will return +majority of the runtime PM helper functions described in Section 4 will return -EAGAIN until pm_runtime_enable() is called for the device. In addition to that, the initial runtime PM status of all devices is diff --git a/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt b/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt index 69663640dea5..2f9c5a5fcb25 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Calling enable_irq_wake() causes suspend_device_irqs() to treat the given IRQ in a special way. Namely, the IRQ remains enabled, by on the first interrupt it will be disabled, marked as pending and "suspended" so that it will be re-enabled by resume_device_irqs() during the subsequent system resume. Also -the PM core is notified about the event which casues the system suspend in +the PM core is notified about the event which causes the system suspend in progress to be aborted (that doesn't have to happen immediately, but at one of the points where the suspend thread looks for pending wakeup events). diff --git a/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt index 0e870825c1b9..bbfcd1bbedc5 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ SNAPSHOT_S2RAM - suspend to RAM; using this call causes the kernel to The device's read() operation can be used to transfer the snapshot image from the kernel. It has the following limitations: - you cannot read() more than one virtual memory page at a time -- read()s across page boundaries are impossible (ie. if ypu read() 1/2 of +- read()s across page boundaries are impossible (ie. if you read() 1/2 of a page in the previous call, you will only be able to read() _at_ _most_ 1/2 of the page in the next call) diff --git a/Documentation/ramoops.txt b/Documentation/ramoops.txt index 69b3cac4749d..5d8675615e59 100644 --- a/Documentation/ramoops.txt +++ b/Documentation/ramoops.txt @@ -14,11 +14,19 @@ survive after a restart. 1. Ramoops concepts -Ramoops uses a predefined memory area to store the dump. The start and size of -the memory area are set using two variables: +Ramoops uses a predefined memory area to store the dump. The start and size +and type of the memory area are set using three variables: * "mem_address" for the start * "mem_size" for the size. The memory size will be rounded down to a power of two. + * "mem_type" to specifiy if the memory type (default is pgprot_writecombine). + +Typically the default value of mem_type=0 should be used as that sets the pstore +mapping to pgprot_writecombine. Setting mem_type=1 attempts to use +pgprot_noncached, which only works on some platforms. This is because pstore +depends on atomic operations. At least on ARM, pgprot_noncached causes the +memory to be mapped strongly ordered, and atomic operations on strongly ordered +memory are implementation defined, and won't work on many ARMs such as omaps. The memory area is divided into "record_size" chunks (also rounded down to power of two) and each oops/panic writes a "record_size" chunk of @@ -55,6 +63,7 @@ Setting the ramoops parameters can be done in 2 different manners: static struct ramoops_platform_data ramoops_data = { .mem_size = <...>, .mem_address = <...>, + .mem_type = <...>, .record_size = <...>, .dump_oops = <...>, .ecc = <...>, diff --git a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt index 462321c1aeea..08911b5c6b0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt +++ b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt @@ -26,11 +26,6 @@ The Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture Kernel Task Structure Register Usage & Stackframes on Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture A sample program with comments Compiling programs for debugging on Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture -Figuring out gcc compile errors -Debugging Tools -objdump -strace -Performance Debugging Debugging under VM s/390 & z/Architecture IO Overview Debugging IO on s/390 & z/Architecture under VM @@ -114,28 +109,25 @@ s/390 z/Architecture 16-17 16-17 Address Space Control - 00 Primary Space Mode when DAT on - The linux kernel currently runs in this mode, CR1 is affiliated with - this mode & points to the primary segment table origin etc. - - 01 Access register mode this mode is used in functions to - copy data between kernel & user space. - - 10 Secondary space mode not used in linux however CR7 the - register affiliated with this mode is & this & normally - CR13=CR7 to allow us to copy data between kernel & user space. - We do this as follows: - We set ar2 to 0 to designate its - affiliated gpr ( gpr2 )to point to primary=kernel space. - We set ar4 to 1 to designate its - affiliated gpr ( gpr4 ) to point to secondary=home=user space - & then essentially do a memcopy(gpr2,gpr4,size) to - copy data between the address spaces, the reason we use home space for the - kernel & don't keep secondary space free is that code will not run in - secondary space. - - 11 Home Space Mode all user programs run in this mode. - it is affiliated with CR13. + 00 Primary Space Mode: + The register CR1 contains the primary address-space control ele- + ment (PASCE), which points to the primary space region/segment + table origin. + + 01 Access register mode + + 10 Secondary Space Mode: + The register CR7 contains the secondary address-space control + element (SASCE), which points to the secondary space region or + segment table origin. + + 11 Home Space Mode: + The register CR13 contains the home space address-space control + element (HASCE), which points to the home space region/segment + table origin. + + See "Address Spaces on Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture" below + for more information about address space usage in Linux. 18-19 18-19 Condition codes (CC) @@ -249,9 +241,9 @@ currently 4TB of physical memory currently on z/Architecture. Address Spaces on Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture ================================================== -Our addressing scheme is as follows - +Our addressing scheme is basically as follows: + Primary Space Home Space Himem 0x7fffffff 2GB on s/390 ***************** **************** currently 0x3ffffffffff (2^42)-1 * User Stack * * * on z/Architecture. ***************** * * @@ -264,9 +256,46 @@ on z/Architecture. ***************** * * * Sections * * * 0x00000000 ***************** **************** -This also means that we need to look at the PSW problem state bit -or the addressing mode to decide whether we are looking at -user or kernel space. +This also means that we need to look at the PSW problem state bit and the +addressing mode to decide whether we are looking at user or kernel space. + +User space runs in primary address mode (or access register mode within +the vdso code). + +The kernel usually also runs in home space mode, however when accessing +user space the kernel switches to primary or secondary address mode if +the mvcos instruction is not available or if a compare-and-swap (futex) +instruction on a user space address is performed. + +When also looking at the ASCE control registers, this means: + +User space: +- runs in primary or access register mode +- cr1 contains the user asce +- cr7 contains the user asce +- cr13 contains the kernel asce + +Kernel space: +- runs in home space mode +- cr1 contains the user or kernel asce + -> the kernel asce is loaded when a uaccess requires primary or + secondary address mode +- cr7 contains the user or kernel asce, (changed with set_fs()) +- cr13 contains the kernel asce + +In case of uaccess the kernel changes to: +- primary space mode in case of a uaccess (copy_to_user) and uses + e.g. the mvcp instruction to access user space. However the kernel + will stay in home space mode if the mvcos instruction is available +- secondary space mode in case of futex atomic operations, so that the + instructions come from primary address space and data from secondary + space + +In case of KVM, the kernel runs in home space mode, but cr1 gets switched +to contain the gmap asce before the SIE instruction gets executed. When +the SIE instruction is finished, cr1 will be switched back to contain the +user asce. + Virtual Addresses on s/390 & z/Architecture =========================================== @@ -706,376 +735,7 @@ Debugging with optimisation has since much improved after fixing some bugs, please make sure you are using gdb-5.0 or later developed after Nov'2000. -Figuring out gcc compile errors -=============================== -If you are getting a lot of syntax errors compiling a program & the problem -isn't blatantly obvious from the source. -It often helps to just preprocess the file, this is done with the -E -option in gcc. -What this does is that it runs through the very first phase of compilation -( compilation in gcc is done in several stages & gcc calls many programs to -achieve its end result ) with the -E option gcc just calls the gcc preprocessor (cpp). -The c preprocessor does the following, it joins all the files #included together -recursively ( #include files can #include other files ) & also the c file you wish to compile. -It puts a fully qualified path of the #included files in a comment & it -does macro expansion. -This is useful for debugging because -1) You can double check whether the files you expect to be included are the ones -that are being included ( e.g. double check that you aren't going to the i386 asm directory ). -2) Check that macro definitions aren't clashing with typedefs, -3) Check that definitions aren't being used before they are being included. -4) Helps put the line emitting the error under the microscope if it contains macros. - -For convenience the Linux kernel's makefile will do preprocessing automatically for you -by suffixing the file you want built with .i ( instead of .o ) - -e.g. -from the linux directory type -make arch/s390/kernel/signal.i -this will build - -s390-gcc -D__KERNEL__ -I/home1/barrow/linux/include -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer --fno-strict-aliasing -D__SMP__ -pipe -fno-strength-reduce -E arch/s390/kernel/signal.c -> arch/s390/kernel/signal.i - -Now look at signal.i you should see something like. - - -# 1 "/home1/barrow/linux/include/asm/types.h" 1 -typedef unsigned short umode_t; -typedef __signed__ char __s8; -typedef unsigned char __u8; -typedef __signed__ short __s16; -typedef unsigned short __u16; - -If instead you are getting errors further down e.g. -unknown instruction:2515 "move.l" or better still unknown instruction:2515 -"Fixme not implemented yet, call Martin" you are probably are attempting to compile some code -meant for another architecture or code that is simply not implemented, with a fixme statement -stuck into the inline assembly code so that the author of the file now knows he has work to do. -To look at the assembly emitted by gcc just before it is about to call gas ( the gnu assembler ) -use the -S option. -Again for your convenience the Linux kernel's Makefile will hold your hand & -do all this donkey work for you also by building the file with the .s suffix. -e.g. -from the Linux directory type -make arch/s390/kernel/signal.s - -s390-gcc -D__KERNEL__ -I/home1/barrow/linux/include -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer --fno-strict-aliasing -D__SMP__ -pipe -fno-strength-reduce -S arch/s390/kernel/signal.c --o arch/s390/kernel/signal.s - - -This will output something like, ( please note the constant pool & the useful comments -in the prologue to give you a hand at interpreting it ). - -.LC54: - .string "misaligned (__u16 *) in __xchg\n" -.LC57: - .string "misaligned (__u32 *) in __xchg\n" -.L$PG1: # Pool sys_sigsuspend -.LC192: - .long -262401 -.LC193: - .long -1 -.LC194: - .long schedule-.L$PG1 -.LC195: - .long do_signal-.L$PG1 - .align 4 -.globl sys_sigsuspend - .type sys_sigsuspend,@function -sys_sigsuspend: -# leaf function 0 -# automatics 16 -# outgoing args 0 -# need frame pointer 0 -# call alloca 0 -# has varargs 0 -# incoming args (stack) 0 -# function length 168 - STM 8,15,32(15) - LR 0,15 - AHI 15,-112 - BASR 13,0 -.L$CO1: AHI 13,.L$PG1-.L$CO1 - ST 0,0(15) - LR 8,2 - N 5,.LC192-.L$PG1(13) - -Adding -g to the above output makes the output even more useful -e.g. typing -make CC:="s390-gcc -g" kernel/sched.s - -which compiles. -s390-gcc -g -D__KERNEL__ -I/home/barrow/linux-2.3/include -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -O2 -fomit-frame-pointer -fno-strict-aliasing -pipe -fno-strength-reduce -S kernel/sched.c -o kernel/sched.s - -also outputs stabs ( debugger ) info, from this info you can find out the -offsets & sizes of various elements in structures. -e.g. the stab for the structure -struct rlimit { - unsigned long rlim_cur; - unsigned long rlim_max; -}; -is -.stabs "rlimit:T(151,2)=s8rlim_cur:(0,5),0,32;rlim_max:(0,5),32,32;;",128,0,0,0 -from this stab you can see that -rlimit_cur starts at bit offset 0 & is 32 bits in size -rlimit_max starts at bit offset 32 & is 32 bits in size. - - -Debugging Tools: -================ - -objdump -======= -This is a tool with many options the most useful being ( if compiled with -g). -objdump --source <victim program or object file> > <victims debug listing > - - -The whole kernel can be compiled like this ( Doing this will make a 17MB kernel -& a 200 MB listing ) however you have to strip it before building the image -using the strip command to make it a more reasonable size to boot it. - -A source/assembly mixed dump of the kernel can be done with the line -objdump --source vmlinux > vmlinux.lst -Also, if the file isn't compiled -g, this will output as much debugging information -as it can (e.g. function names). This is very slow as it spends lots -of time searching for debugging info. The following self explanatory line should be used -instead if the code isn't compiled -g, as it is much faster: -objdump --disassemble-all --syms vmlinux > vmlinux.lst - -As hard drive space is valuable most of us use the following approach. -1) Look at the emitted psw on the console to find the crash address in the kernel. -2) Look at the file System.map ( in the linux directory ) produced when building -the kernel to find the closest address less than the current PSW to find the -offending function. -3) use grep or similar to search the source tree looking for the source file - with this function if you don't know where it is. -4) rebuild this object file with -g on, as an example suppose the file was -( /arch/s390/kernel/signal.o ) -5) Assuming the file with the erroneous function is signal.c Move to the base of the -Linux source tree. -6) rm /arch/s390/kernel/signal.o -7) make /arch/s390/kernel/signal.o -8) watch the gcc command line emitted -9) type it in again or alternatively cut & paste it on the console adding the -g option. -10) objdump --source arch/s390/kernel/signal.o > signal.lst -This will output the source & the assembly intermixed, as the snippet below shows -This will unfortunately output addresses which aren't the same -as the kernel ones you should be able to get around the mental arithmetic -by playing with the --adjust-vma parameter to objdump. - - - - -static inline void spin_lock(spinlock_t *lp) -{ - a0: 18 34 lr %r3,%r4 - a2: a7 3a 03 bc ahi %r3,956 - __asm__ __volatile(" lhi 1,-1\n" - a6: a7 18 ff ff lhi %r1,-1 - aa: 1f 00 slr %r0,%r0 - ac: ba 01 30 00 cs %r0,%r1,0(%r3) - b0: a7 44 ff fd jm aa <sys_sigsuspend+0x2e> - saveset = current->blocked; - b4: d2 07 f0 68 mvc 104(8,%r15),972(%r4) - b8: 43 cc - return (set->sig[0] & mask) != 0; -} - -6) If debugging under VM go down to that section in the document for more info. - - -I now have a tool which takes the pain out of --adjust-vma -& you are able to do something like -make /arch/s390/kernel/traps.lst -& it automatically generates the correctly relocated entries for -the text segment in traps.lst. -This tool is now standard in linux distro's in scripts/makelst - -strace: -------- -Q. What is it ? -A. It is a tool for intercepting calls to the kernel & logging them -to a file & on the screen. - -Q. What use is it ? -A. You can use it to find out what files a particular program opens. - - -Example 1 ---------- -If you wanted to know does ping work but didn't have the source -strace ping -c 1 127.0.0.1 -& then look at the man pages for each of the syscalls below, -( In fact this is sometimes easier than looking at some spaghetti -source which conditionally compiles for several architectures ). -Not everything that it throws out needs to make sense immediately. - -Just looking quickly you can see that it is making up a RAW socket -for the ICMP protocol. -Doing an alarm(10) for a 10 second timeout -& doing a gettimeofday call before & after each read to see -how long the replies took, & writing some text to stdout so the user -has an idea what is going on. - -socket(PF_INET, SOCK_RAW, IPPROTO_ICMP) = 3 -getuid() = 0 -setuid(0) = 0 -stat("/usr/share/locale/C/libc.cat", 0xbffff134) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) -stat("/usr/share/locale/libc/C", 0xbffff134) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) -stat("/usr/local/share/locale/C/libc.cat", 0xbffff134) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) -getpid() = 353 -setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BROADCAST, [1], 4) = 0 -setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, [49152], 4) = 0 -fstat(1, {st_mode=S_IFCHR|0620, st_rdev=makedev(3, 1), ...}) = 0 -mmap(0, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x40008000 -ioctl(1, TCGETS, {B9600 opost isig icanon echo ...}) = 0 -write(1, "PING 127.0.0.1 (127.0.0.1): 56 d"..., 42PING 127.0.0.1 (127.0.0.1): 56 data bytes -) = 42 -sigaction(SIGINT, {0x8049ba0, [], SA_RESTART}, {SIG_DFL}) = 0 -sigaction(SIGALRM, {0x8049600, [], SA_RESTART}, {SIG_DFL}) = 0 -gettimeofday({948904719, 138951}, NULL) = 0 -sendto(3, "\10\0D\201a\1\0\0\17#\2178\307\36"..., 64, 0, {sin_family=AF_INET, -sin_port=htons(0), sin_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.1")}, 16) = 64 -sigaction(SIGALRM, {0x8049600, [], SA_RESTART}, {0x8049600, [], SA_RESTART}) = 0 -sigaction(SIGALRM, {0x8049ba0, [], SA_RESTART}, {0x8049600, [], SA_RESTART}) = 0 -alarm(10) = 0 -recvfrom(3, "E\0\0T\0005\0\0@\1|r\177\0\0\1\177"..., 192, 0, -{sin_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(50882), sin_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.1")}, [16]) = 84 -gettimeofday({948904719, 160224}, NULL) = 0 -recvfrom(3, "E\0\0T\0006\0\0\377\1\275p\177\0"..., 192, 0, -{sin_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(50882), sin_addr=inet_addr("127.0.0.1")}, [16]) = 84 -gettimeofday({948904719, 166952}, NULL) = 0 -write(1, "64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_se"..., -5764 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=255 time=28.0 ms - -Example 2 ---------- -strace passwd 2>&1 | grep open -produces the following output -open("/etc/ld.so.cache", O_RDONLY) = 3 -open("/opt/kde/lib/libc.so.5", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) -open("/lib/libc.so.5", O_RDONLY) = 3 -open("/dev", O_RDONLY) = 3 -open("/var/run/utmp", O_RDONLY) = 3 -open("/etc/passwd", O_RDONLY) = 3 -open("/etc/shadow", O_RDONLY) = 3 -open("/etc/login.defs", O_RDONLY) = 4 -open("/dev/tty", O_RDONLY) = 4 - -The 2>&1 is done to redirect stderr to stdout & grep is then filtering this input -through the pipe for each line containing the string open. - - -Example 3 ---------- -Getting sophisticated -telnetd crashes & I don't know why - -Steps ------ -1) Replace the following line in /etc/inetd.conf -telnet stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/in.telnetd -h -with -telnet stream tcp nowait root /blah - -2) Create the file /blah with the following contents to start tracing telnetd -#!/bin/bash -/usr/bin/strace -o/t1 -f /usr/sbin/in.telnetd -h -3) chmod 700 /blah to make it executable only to root -4) -killall -HUP inetd -or ps aux | grep inetd -get inetd's process id -& kill -HUP inetd to restart it. - -Important options ------------------ --o is used to tell strace to output to a file in our case t1 in the root directory --f is to follow children i.e. -e.g in our case above telnetd will start the login process & subsequently a shell like bash. -You will be able to tell which is which from the process ID's listed on the left hand side -of the strace output. --p<pid> will tell strace to attach to a running process, yup this can be done provided - it isn't being traced or debugged already & you have enough privileges, -the reason 2 processes cannot trace or debug the same program is that strace -becomes the parent process of the one being debugged & processes ( unlike people ) -can have only one parent. - - -However the file /t1 will get big quite quickly -to test it telnet 127.0.0.1 - -now look at what files in.telnetd execve'd -413 execve("/usr/sbin/in.telnetd", ["/usr/sbin/in.telnetd", "-h"], [/* 17 vars */]) = 0 -414 execve("/bin/login", ["/bin/login", "-h", "localhost", "-p"], [/* 2 vars */]) = 0 - -Whey it worked!. - - -Other hints: ------------- -If the program is not very interactive ( i.e. not much keyboard input ) -& is crashing in one architecture but not in another you can do -an strace of both programs under as identical a scenario as you can -on both architectures outputting to a file then. -do a diff of the two traces using the diff program -i.e. -diff output1 output2 -& maybe you'll be able to see where the call paths differed, this -is possibly near the cause of the crash. - -More info ---------- -Look at man pages for strace & the various syscalls -e.g. man strace, man alarm, man socket. - - -Performance Debugging -===================== -gcc is capable of compiling in profiling code just add the -p option -to the CFLAGS, this obviously affects program size & performance. -This can be used by the gprof gnu profiling tool or the -gcov the gnu code coverage tool ( code coverage is a means of testing -code quality by checking if all the code in an executable in exercised by -a tester ). - - -Using top to find out where processes are sleeping in the kernel ----------------------------------------------------------------- -To do this copy the System.map from the root directory where -the linux kernel was built to the /boot directory on your -linux machine. -Start top -Now type fU<return> -You should see a new field called WCHAN which -tells you where each process is sleeping here is a typical output. - - 6:59pm up 41 min, 1 user, load average: 0.00, 0.00, 0.00 -28 processes: 27 sleeping, 1 running, 0 zombie, 0 stopped -CPU states: 0.0% user, 0.1% system, 0.0% nice, 99.8% idle -Mem: 254900K av, 45976K used, 208924K free, 0K shrd, 28636K buff -Swap: 0K av, 0K used, 0K free 8620K cached - - PID USER PRI NI SIZE RSS SHARE WCHAN STAT LIB %CPU %MEM TIME COMMAND - 750 root 12 0 848 848 700 do_select S 0 0.1 0.3 0:00 in.telnetd - 767 root 16 0 1140 1140 964 R 0 0.1 0.4 0:00 top - 1 root 8 0 212 212 180 do_select S 0 0.0 0.0 0:00 init - 2 root 9 0 0 0 0 down_inte SW 0 0.0 0.0 0:00 kmcheck - -The time command ----------------- -Another related command is the time command which gives you an indication -of where a process is spending the majority of its time. -e.g. -time ping -c 5 nc -outputs -real 0m4.054s -user 0m0.010s -sys 0m0.010s Debugging under VM ================== diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt index a0c85110a07e..8638f61c8c9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ ways. - eh_strategy_handler() callback This is one big callback which should perform whole error - handling. As such, it should do all choirs SCSI midlayer + handling. As such, it should do all chores the SCSI midlayer performs during recovery. This will be discussed in [2-2]. Once recovery is complete, SCSI EH resumes normal operation by @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ scmd->allowed. scsi_unjam_host() and it is responsible for whole recovery process. On completion, the handler should have made lower layers forget about all failed scmds and either ready for new commands or offline. Also, -it should perform SCSI EH maintenance choirs to maintain integrity of +it should perform SCSI EH maintenance chores to maintain integrity of SCSI midlayer. IOW, of the steps described in [2-1-2], all steps except for #1 must be implemented by eh_strategy_handler(). diff --git a/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt b/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt index a4e102dddfea..839b5dad9226 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt @@ -27,25 +27,22 @@ Managing templates with these structures is very simple. To support a new data type, developers define the field identifier and implement two functions, init() and show(), respectively to generate and display measurement entries. Defining a new template descriptor requires -specifying the template format, a string of field identifiers separated -by the '|' character. While in the current implementation it is possible -to define new template descriptors only by adding their definition in the -template specific code (ima_template.c), in a future version it will be -possible to register a new template on a running kernel by supplying to IMA -the desired format string. In this version, IMA initializes at boot time -all defined template descriptors by translating the format into an array -of template fields structures taken from the set of the supported ones. +specifying the template format (a string of field identifiers separated +by the '|' character) through the 'ima_template_fmt' kernel command line +parameter. At boot time, IMA initializes the chosen template descriptor +by translating the format into an array of template fields structures taken +from the set of the supported ones. After the initialization step, IMA will call ima_alloc_init_template() (new function defined within the patches for the new template management mechanism) to generate a new measurement entry by using the template descriptor chosen through the kernel configuration or through the newly -introduced 'ima_template=' kernel command line parameter. It is during this -phase that the advantages of the new architecture are clearly shown: -the latter function will not contain specific code to handle a given template -but, instead, it simply calls the init() method of the template fields -associated to the chosen template descriptor and store the result (pointer -to allocated data and data length) in the measurement entry structure. +introduced 'ima_template' and 'ima_template_fmt' kernel command line parameters. +It is during this phase that the advantages of the new architecture are +clearly shown: the latter function will not contain specific code to handle +a given template but, instead, it simply calls the init() method of the template +fields associated to the chosen template descriptor and store the result +(pointer to allocated data and data length) in the measurement entry structure. The same mechanism is employed to display measurements entries. The functions ima[_ascii]_measurements_show() retrieve, for each entry, @@ -86,4 +83,6 @@ currently the following methods are supported: - select a template descriptor among those supported in the kernel configuration ('ima-ng' is the default choice); - specify a template descriptor name from the kernel command line through - the 'ima_template=' parameter. + the 'ima_template=' parameter; + - register a new template descriptor with custom format through the kernel + command line parameter 'ima_template_fmt='. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver index ba64e4b892e9..c415b0ef4493 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/driver +++ b/Documentation/serial/driver @@ -59,7 +59,9 @@ The core driver uses the info->tmpbuf_sem lock to prevent multi-threaded access to the info->tmpbuf bouncebuffer used for port writes. The port_sem semaphore is used to protect against ports being added/ -removed or reconfigured at inappropriate times. +removed or reconfigured at inappropriate times. Since v2.6.27, this +semaphore has been the 'mutex' member of the tty_port struct, and +commonly referred to as the port mutex (or port->mutex). uart_ops @@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ hardware. Other flags may be used (eg, xon/xoff characters) if your hardware supports hardware "soft" flow control. - Locking: none. + Locking: caller holds port->mutex Interrupts: caller dependent. This call must not sleep diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index b5d0c8501a18..75511efefc64 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -116,10 +116,12 @@ set during run time. auto_msgmni: -Enables/Disables automatic recomputing of msgmni upon memory add/remove -or upon ipc namespace creation/removal (see the msgmni description -above). Echoing "1" into this file enables msgmni automatic recomputing. -Echoing "0" turns it off. auto_msgmni default value is 1. +This variable has no effect and may be removed in future kernel +releases. Reading it always returns 0. +Up to Linux 3.17, it enabled/disabled automatic recomputing of msgmni +upon memory add/remove or upon ipc namespace creation/removal. +Echoing "1" into this file enabled msgmni automatic recomputing. +Echoing "0" turned it off. auto_msgmni default value was 1. ============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bba7dbfc49ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ + Coresight - HW Assisted Tracing on ARM + ====================================== + + Author: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> + Date: September 11th, 2014 + +Introduction +------------ + +Coresight is an umbrella of technologies allowing for the debugging of ARM +based SoC. It includes solutions for JTAG and HW assisted tracing. This +document is concerned with the latter. + +HW assisted tracing is becoming increasingly useful when dealing with systems +that have many SoCs and other components like GPU and DMA engines. ARM has +developed a HW assisted tracing solution by means of different components, each +being added to a design at systhesis time to cater to specific tracing needs. +Compoments are generally categorised as source, link and sinks and are +(usually) discovered using the AMBA bus. + +"Sources" generate a compressed stream representing the processor instruction +path based on tracing scenarios as configured by users. From there the stream +flows through the coresight system (via ATB bus) using links that are connecting +the emanating source to a sink(s). Sinks serve as endpoints to the coresight +implementation, either storing the compressed stream in a memory buffer or +creating an interface to the outside world where data can be transferred to a +host without fear of filling up the onboard coresight memory buffer. + +At typical coresight system would look like this: + + ***************************************************************** + **************************** AMBA AXI ****************************===|| + ***************************************************************** || + ^ ^ | || + | | * ** + 0000000 ::::: 0000000 ::::: ::::: @@@@@@@ |||||||||||| + 0 CPU 0<-->: C : 0 CPU 0<-->: C : : C : @ STM @ || System || + |->0000000 : T : |->0000000 : T : : T :<--->@@@@@ || Memory || + | #######<-->: I : | #######<-->: I : : I : @@@<-| |||||||||||| + | # ETM # ::::: | # PTM # ::::: ::::: @ | + | ##### ^ ^ | ##### ^ ! ^ ! . | ||||||||| + | |->### | ! | |->### | ! | ! . | || DAP || + | | # | ! | | # | ! | ! . | ||||||||| + | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | | + | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | * + | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | SWD/ + | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | JTAG + *****************************************************************<-| + *************************** AMBA Debug ABP ************************ + ***************************************************************** + | . ! . ! ! . | + | . * . * * . | + ***************************************************************** + ******************** Cross Trigger Matrix (CTM) ******************* + ***************************************************************** + | . ^ . . | + | * ! * * | + ***************************************************************** + ****************** AMBA Advanced Trace Bus (ATB) ****************** + ***************************************************************** + | ! =============== | + | * ===== F =====<---------| + | ::::::::: ==== U ==== + |-->:: CTI ::<!! === N === + | ::::::::: ! == N == + | ^ * == E == + | ! &&&&&&&&& IIIIIII == L == + |------>&& ETB &&<......II I ======= + | ! &&&&&&&&& II I . + | ! I I . + | ! I REP I<.......... + | ! I I + | !!>&&&&&&&&& II I *Source: ARM ltd. + |------>& TPIU &<......II I DAP = Debug Access Port + &&&&&&&&& IIIIIII ETM = Embedded Trace Macrocell + ; PTM = Program Trace Macrocell + ; CTI = Cross Trigger Interface + * ETB = Embedded Trace Buffer + To trace port TPIU= Trace Port Interface Unit + SWD = Serial Wire Debug + +While on target configuration of the components is done via the ABP bus, +all trace data are carried out-of-band on the ATB bus. The CTM provides +a way to aggregate and distribute signals between CoreSight components. + +The coresight framework provides a central point to represent, configure and +manage coresight devices on a platform. This first implementation centers on +the basic tracing functionality, enabling components such ETM/PTM, funnel, +replicator, TMC, TPIU and ETB. Future work will enable more +intricate IP blocks such as STM and CTI. + + +Acronyms and Classification +--------------------------- + +Acronyms: + +PTM: Program Trace Macrocell +ETM: Embedded Trace Macrocell +STM: System trace Macrocell +ETB: Embedded Trace Buffer +ITM: Instrumentation Trace Macrocell +TPIU: Trace Port Interface Unit +TMC-ETR: Trace Memory Controller, configured as Embedded Trace Router +TMC-ETF: Trace Memory Controller, configured as Embedded Trace FIFO +CTI: Cross Trigger Interface + +Classification: + +Source: + ETMv3.x ETMv4, PTMv1.0, PTMv1.1, STM, STM500, ITM +Link: + Funnel, replicator (intelligent or not), TMC-ETR +Sinks: + ETBv1.0, ETB1.1, TPIU, TMC-ETF +Misc: + CTI + + +Device Tree Bindings +---------------------- + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt for details. + +As of this writing drivers for ITM, STMs and CTIs are not provided but are +expected to be added as the solution matures. + + +Framework and implementation +---------------------------- + +The coresight framework provides a central point to represent, configure and +manage coresight devices on a platform. Any coresight compliant device can +register with the framework for as long as they use the right APIs: + +struct coresight_device *coresight_register(struct coresight_desc *desc); +void coresight_unregister(struct coresight_device *csdev); + +The registering function is taking a "struct coresight_device *csdev" and +register the device with the core framework. The unregister function takes +a reference to a "strut coresight_device", obtained at registration time. + +If everything goes well during the registration process the new devices will +show up under /sys/bus/coresight/devices, as showns here for a TC2 platform: + +root:~# ls /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ +replicator 20030000.tpiu 2201c000.ptm 2203c000.etm 2203e000.etm +20010000.etb 20040000.funnel 2201d000.ptm 2203d000.etm +root:~# + +The functions take a "struct coresight_device", which looks like this: + +struct coresight_desc { + enum coresight_dev_type type; + struct coresight_dev_subtype subtype; + const struct coresight_ops *ops; + struct coresight_platform_data *pdata; + struct device *dev; + const struct attribute_group **groups; +}; + + +The "coresight_dev_type" identifies what the device is, i.e, source link or +sink while the "coresight_dev_subtype" will characterise that type further. + +The "struct coresight_ops" is mandatory and will tell the framework how to +perform base operations related to the components, each component having +a different set of requirement. For that "struct coresight_ops_sink", +"struct coresight_ops_link" and "struct coresight_ops_source" have been +provided. + +The next field, "struct coresight_platform_data *pdata" is acquired by calling +"of_get_coresight_platform_data()", as part of the driver's _probe routine and +"struct device *dev" gets the device reference embedded in the "amba_device": + +static int etm_probe(struct amba_device *adev, const struct amba_id *id) +{ + ... + ... + drvdata->dev = &adev->dev; + ... +} + +Specific class of device (source, link, or sink) have generic operations +that can be performed on them (see "struct coresight_ops"). The +"**groups" is a list of sysfs entries pertaining to operations +specific to that component only. "Implementation defined" customisations are +expected to be accessed and controlled using those entries. + +Last but not least, "struct module *owner" is expected to be set to reflect +the information carried in "THIS_MODULE". + +How to use +---------- + +Before trace collection can start, a coresight sink needs to be identify. +There is no limit on the amount of sinks (nor sources) that can be enabled at +any given moment. As a generic operation, all device pertaining to the sink +class will have an "active" entry in sysfs: + +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# ls +replicator 20030000.tpiu 2201c000.ptm 2203c000.etm 2203e000.etm +20010000.etb 20040000.funnel 2201d000.ptm 2203d000.etm +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# ls 20010000.etb +enable_sink status trigger_cntr +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# echo 1 > 20010000.etb/enable_sink +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# cat 20010000.etb/enable_sink +1 +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# + +At boot time the current etm3x driver will configure the first address +comparator with "_stext" and "_etext", essentially tracing any instruction +that falls within that range. As such "enabling" a source will immediately +trigger a trace capture: + +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# echo 1 > 2201c000.ptm/enable_source +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# cat 2201c000.ptm/enable_source +1 +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# cat 20010000.etb/status +Depth: 0x2000 +Status: 0x1 +RAM read ptr: 0x0 +RAM wrt ptr: 0x19d3 <----- The write pointer is moving +Trigger cnt: 0x0 +Control: 0x1 +Flush status: 0x0 +Flush ctrl: 0x2001 +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# + +Trace collection is stopped the same way: + +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# echo 0 > 2201c000.ptm/enable_source +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# + +The content of the ETB buffer can be harvested directly from /dev: + +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# dd if=/dev/20010000.etb \ +of=~/cstrace.bin + +64+0 records in +64+0 records out +32768 bytes (33 kB) copied, 0.00125258 s, 26.2 MB/s +root:/sys/bus/coresight/devices# + +The file cstrace.bin can be decompressed using "ptm2human", DS-5 or Trace32. + +Following is a DS-5 output of an experimental loop that increments a variable up +to a certain value. The example is simple and yet provides a glimpse of the +wealth of possibilities that coresight provides. + +Info Tracing enabled +Instruction 106378866 0x8026B53C E52DE004 false PUSH {lr} +Instruction 0 0x8026B540 E24DD00C false SUB sp,sp,#0xc +Instruction 0 0x8026B544 E3A03000 false MOV r3,#0 +Instruction 0 0x8026B548 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4 +Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1 +Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c +Timestamp Timestamp: 17106715833 +Instruction 319 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4 +Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1 +Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c +Instruction 9 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4 +Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1 +Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c +Instruction 7 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4 +Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1 +Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c +Instruction 7 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4 +Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1 +Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c +Instruction 10 0x8026B54C E59D3004 false LDR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B550 E3530004 false CMP r3,#4 +Instruction 0 0x8026B554 E2833001 false ADD r3,r3,#1 +Instruction 0 0x8026B558 E58D3004 false STR r3,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B55C DAFFFFFA true BLE {pc}-0x10 ; 0x8026b54c +Instruction 6 0x8026B560 EE1D3F30 false MRC p15,#0x0,r3,c13,c0,#1 +Instruction 0 0x8026B564 E1A0100D false MOV r1,sp +Instruction 0 0x8026B568 E3C12D7F false BIC r2,r1,#0x1fc0 +Instruction 0 0x8026B56C E3C2203F false BIC r2,r2,#0x3f +Instruction 0 0x8026B570 E59D1004 false LDR r1,[sp,#4] +Instruction 0 0x8026B574 E59F0010 false LDR r0,[pc,#16] ; [0x8026B58C] = 0x80550368 +Instruction 0 0x8026B578 E592200C false LDR r2,[r2,#0xc] +Instruction 0 0x8026B57C E59221D0 false LDR r2,[r2,#0x1d0] +Instruction 0 0x8026B580 EB07A4CF true BL {pc}+0x1e9344 ; 0x804548c4 +Info Tracing enabled +Instruction 13570831 0x8026B584 E28DD00C false ADD sp,sp,#0xc +Instruction 0 0x8026B588 E8BD8000 true LDM sp!,{pc} +Timestamp Timestamp: 17107041535 diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt index 4cf53e406613..635e57493709 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ functions and binds them. This way the whole gadget is bound. configured, so config_groups for particular functions are defined in the functions implementation files drivers/usb/gadget/f_*.c. -5. Funciton's code is written in such a way that it uses +5. Function's code is written in such a way that it uses usb_get_function_instance(), which, in turn, calls request_module. So, provided that modprobe works, modules for particular functions diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt index 12696c2e43fb..7a0fb8e16e27 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt @@ -74,6 +74,13 @@ static struct platform_device my_hid = { You can add as many HID functions as you want, only limited by the amount of interrupt endpoints your gadget driver supports. +Configuration with configfs + + Instead of adding fake platform devices and drivers in order to pass + some data to the kernel, if HID is a part of a gadget composed with + configfs the hidg_func_descriptor.report_desc is passed to the kernel + by writing the appropriate stream of bytes to a configfs attribute. + Send and receive HID reports HID reports can be sent/received using read/write on the diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt index 5bd7926185e8..947fa62bccf2 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Keyspan PDA Serial Adapter Single port DB-9 serial adapter, pushed as a PDA adapter for iMacs (mostly sold in Macintosh catalogs, comes in a translucent white/green dongle). Fairly simple device. Firmware is homebrew. - This driver also works for the Xircom/Entrgra single port serial adapter. + This driver also works for the Xircom/Entrega single port serial adapter. Current status: Things that work: diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 7610eaa4d491..0007fef4ed81 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -68,9 +68,12 @@ description: Capability: which KVM extension provides this ioctl. Can be 'basic', which means that is will be provided by any kernel that supports - API version 12 (see section 4.1), or a KVM_CAP_xyz constant, which + API version 12 (see section 4.1), a KVM_CAP_xyz constant, which means availability needs to be checked with KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION - (see section 4.4). + (see section 4.4), or 'none' which means that while not all kernels + support this ioctl, there's no capability bit to check its + availability: for kernels that don't support the ioctl, + the ioctl returns -ENOTTY. Architectures: which instruction set architectures provide this ioctl. x86 includes both i386 and x86_64. @@ -604,7 +607,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu { 4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP, KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP (s390) -Architectures: x86, ia64, ARM, arm64, s390 +Architectures: x86, ARM, arm64, s390 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: none Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -612,7 +615,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. On x86, creates a virtual ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 -only go to the IOAPIC. On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created. On ARM/arm64, a GIC is +only go to the IOAPIC. On ARM/arm64, a GIC is created. On s390, a dummy irq routing table is created. Note that on s390 the KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP vm capability needs to be enabled @@ -622,7 +625,7 @@ before KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP can be used. 4.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86, ia64, arm, arm64 +Architectures: x86, arm, arm64 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_irq_level Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -676,7 +679,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_level { 4.26 KVM_GET_IRQCHIP Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86, ia64 +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in/out) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -698,7 +701,7 @@ struct kvm_irqchip { 4.27 KVM_SET_IRQCHIP Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP -Architectures: x86, ia64 +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_irqchip (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -991,7 +994,7 @@ for vm-wide capabilities. 4.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, ia64, s390 +Architectures: x86, s390 Type: vcpu ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (out) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1005,16 +1008,15 @@ uniprocessor guests). Possible values are: - - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86, ia64] + - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED: the vcpu is an application processor (AP) - which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86, - ia64] + which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED: the vcpu has received an INIT signal, and is - now ready for a SIPI [x86, ia64] + now ready for a SIPI [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_HALTED: the vcpu has executed a HLT instruction and - is waiting for an interrupt [x86, ia64] + is waiting for an interrupt [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_SIPI_RECEIVED: the vcpu has just received a SIPI (vector - accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86, ia64] + accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390] - KVM_MP_STATE_CHECK_STOP: the vcpu is in a special error state [s390] - KVM_MP_STATE_OPERATING: the vcpu is operating (running or halted) @@ -1022,7 +1024,7 @@ Possible values are: - KVM_MP_STATE_LOAD: the vcpu is in a special load/startup state [s390] -On x86 and ia64, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an +On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on these architectures. @@ -1030,7 +1032,7 @@ these architectures. 4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, ia64, s390 +Architectures: x86, s390 Type: vcpu ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (in) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1038,7 +1040,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error Sets the vcpu's current "multiprocessing state"; see KVM_GET_MP_STATE for arguments. -On x86 and ia64, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an +On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on these architectures. @@ -1065,7 +1067,7 @@ documentation when it pops into existence). 4.41 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID -Architectures: x86, ia64 +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: unsigned long vcpu_id Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -1257,8 +1259,8 @@ The flags bitmap is defined as: 4.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT -Architectures: x86 ia64 +Capability: none +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -1298,25 +1300,36 @@ Only PCI header type 0 devices with PCI BAR resources are supported by device assignment. The user requesting this ioctl must have read/write access to the PCI sysfs resource files associated with the device. +Errors: + ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl + + Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or + have their standard meanings. + 4.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_DEASSIGNMENT -Architectures: x86 ia64 +Capability: none +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error Ends PCI device assignment, releasing all associated resources. -See KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT for the data structure. Only assigned_dev_id is +See KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE for the data structure. Only assigned_dev_id is used in kvm_assigned_pci_dev to identify the device. +Errors: + ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl + + Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or + have their standard meanings. 4.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ -Architectures: x86 ia64 +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_irq (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -1346,11 +1359,17 @@ The following flags are defined: It is not valid to specify multiple types per host or guest IRQ. However, the IRQ type of host and guest can differ or can even be null. +Errors: + ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl + + Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or + have their standard meanings. + 4.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ -Architectures: x86 ia64 +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_irq (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -1365,7 +1384,7 @@ KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ. Partial deassignment of host or guest IRQ is allowed. 4.52 KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING -Architectures: x86 ia64 s390 +Architectures: x86 s390 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_irq_routing (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -1423,8 +1442,8 @@ struct kvm_irq_routing_s390_adapter { 4.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX -Architectures: x86 ia64 +Capability: none +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -1445,8 +1464,8 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr { 4.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY -Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX -Architectures: x86 ia64 +Capability: none +Architectures: x86 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -1461,6 +1480,12 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry { __u16 padding[3]; }; +Errors: + ENOTTY: kernel does not support this ioctl + + Other error conditions may be defined by individual device types or + have their standard meanings. + 4.55 KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ @@ -2453,9 +2478,15 @@ return ENOEXEC for that vcpu. Note that because some registers reflect machine topology, all vcpus should be created before this ioctl is invoked. +Userspace can call this function multiple times for a given vcpu, including +after the vcpu has been run. This will reset the vcpu to its initial +state. All calls to this function after the initial call must use the same +target and same set of feature flags, otherwise EINVAL will be returned. + Possible features: - KVM_ARM_VCPU_POWER_OFF: Starts the CPU in a power-off state. - Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI. + Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI. If not set, the CPU will be powered on + and execute guest code when KVM_RUN is called. - KVM_ARM_VCPU_EL1_32BIT: Starts the CPU in a 32bit mode. Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_EL1_32BIT (arm64 only). - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PSCI_0_2: Emulate PSCI v0.2 for the CPU. @@ -2951,6 +2982,15 @@ HVC instruction based PSCI call from the vcpu. The 'type' field describes the system-level event type. The 'flags' field describes architecture specific flags for the system-level event. +Valid values for 'type' are: + KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_SHUTDOWN -- the guest has requested a shutdown of the + VM. Userspace is not obliged to honour this, and if it does honour + this does not need to destroy the VM synchronously (ie it may call + KVM_RUN again before shutdown finally occurs). + KVM_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESET -- the guest has requested a reset of the VM. + As with SHUTDOWN, userspace can choose to ignore the request, or + to schedule the reset to occur in the future and may call KVM_RUN again. + /* Fix the size of the union. */ char padding[256]; }; diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt index 0d16f96c0eac..d426fc87fe93 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt @@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ specific. 1. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CTRL Architectures: s390 -1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CTRL +1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_ENABLE_CMMA Parameters: none -Returns: -EBUSY if already a vcpus is defined, otherwise 0 +Returns: -EBUSY if a vcpu is already defined, otherwise 0 -Enables CMMA for the virtual machine +Enables Collaborative Memory Management Assist (CMMA) for the virtual machine. -1.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CLR_CMMA -Parameteres: none +1.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_MEM_CLR_CMMA +Parameters: none Returns: 0 Clear the CMMA status for all guest pages, so any pages the guest marked diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt index 6d470ae7b073..2a71c8f29f68 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_EN: 0x4b564d02 64 byte memory area which must be in guest RAM and must be zeroed. Bits 5-2 are reserved and should be zero. Bit 0 is 1 when asynchronous page faults are enabled on the vcpu 0 when - disabled. Bit 2 is 1 if asynchronous page faults can be injected + disabled. Bit 1 is 1 if asynchronous page faults can be injected when vcpu is in cpl == 0. First 4 byte of 64 byte memory location will be written to by diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt index b64e0af9cc56..f2d3a100fe38 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ The intent of this file is to give a brief summary of hugetlbpage support in the Linux kernel. This support is built on top of multiple page size support -that is provided by most modern architectures. For example, i386 -architecture supports 4K and 4M (2M in PAE mode) page sizes, ia64 +that is provided by most modern architectures. For example, x86 CPUs normally +support 4K and 2M (1G if architecturally supported) page sizes, ia64 architecture supports multiple page sizes 4K, 8K, 64K, 256K, 1M, 4M, 16M, 256M and ppc64 supports 4K and 16M. A TLB is a cache of virtual-to-physical translations. Typically this is a very scarce resource on processor. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt b/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8f3ce9b3aa11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +page owner: Tracking about who allocated each page +----------------------------------------------------------- + +* Introduction + +page owner is for the tracking about who allocated each page. +It can be used to debug memory leak or to find a memory hogger. +When allocation happens, information about allocation such as call stack +and order of pages is stored into certain storage for each page. +When we need to know about status of all pages, we can get and analyze +this information. + +Although we already have tracepoint for tracing page allocation/free, +using it for analyzing who allocate each page is rather complex. We need +to enlarge the trace buffer for preventing overlapping until userspace +program launched. And, launched program continually dump out the trace +buffer for later analysis and it would change system behviour with more +possibility rather than just keeping it in memory, so bad for debugging. + +page owner can also be used for various purposes. For example, accurate +fragmentation statistics can be obtained through gfp flag information of +each page. It is already implemented and activated if page owner is +enabled. Other usages are more than welcome. + +page owner is disabled in default. So, if you'd like to use it, you need +to add "page_owner=on" into your boot cmdline. If the kernel is built +with page owner and page owner is disabled in runtime due to no enabling +boot option, runtime overhead is marginal. If disabled in runtime, it +doesn't require memory to store owner information, so there is no runtime +memory overhead. And, page owner inserts just two unlikely branches into +the page allocator hotpath and if it returns false then allocation is +done like as the kernel without page owner. These two unlikely branches +would not affect to allocation performance. Following is the kernel's +code size change due to this facility. + +- Without page owner + text data bss dec hex filename + 40662 1493 644 42799 a72f mm/page_alloc.o + +- With page owner + text data bss dec hex filename + 40892 1493 644 43029 a815 mm/page_alloc.o + 1427 24 8 1459 5b3 mm/page_ext.o + 2722 50 0 2772 ad4 mm/page_owner.o + +Although, roughly, 4 KB code is added in total, page_alloc.o increase by +230 bytes and only half of it is in hotpath. Building the kernel with +page owner and turning it on if needed would be great option to debug +kernel memory problem. + +There is one notice that is caused by implementation detail. page owner +stores information into the memory from struct page extension. This memory +is initialized some time later than that page allocator starts in sparse +memory system, so, until initialization, many pages can be allocated and +they would have no owner information. To fix it up, these early allocated +pages are investigated and marked as allocated in initialization phase. +Although it doesn't mean that they have the right owner information, +at least, we can tell whether the page is allocated or not, +more accurately. On 2GB memory x86-64 VM box, 13343 early allocated pages +are catched and marked, although they are mostly allocated from struct +page extension feature. Anyway, after that, no page is left in +un-tracking state. + +* Usage + +1) Build user-space helper + cd tools/vm + make page_owner_sort + +2) Enable page owner + Add "page_owner=on" to boot cmdline. + +3) Do the job what you want to debug + +4) Analyze information from page owner + cat /sys/kernel/debug/page_owner > page_owner_full.txt + grep -v ^PFN page_owner_full.txt > page_owner.txt + ./page_owner_sort page_owner.txt sorted_page_owner.txt + + See the result about who allocated each page + in the sorted_page_owner.txt. diff --git a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt index bc7226ef5055..4a1c5c2dc5a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt @@ -7,9 +7,12 @@ http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<20110529191055.GC9835%40elte.hu> The x86 architecture has quite a few different ways to jump into kernel code. Most of these entry points are registered in arch/x86/kernel/traps.c and implemented in arch/x86/kernel/entry_64.S -and arch/x86/ia32/ia32entry.S. +for 64-bit, arch/x86/kernel/entry_32.S for 32-bit and finally +arch/x86/ia32/ia32entry.S which implements the 32-bit compatibility +syscall entry points and thus provides for 32-bit processes the +ability to execute syscalls when running on 64-bit kernels. -The IDT vector assignments are listed in arch/x86/include/irq_vectors.h. +The IDT vector assignments are listed in arch/x86/include/asm/irq_vectors.h. Some of these entries are: |